Fractionator Tool Kit User s Guide 3/98

Transcription

1 Fractionator Tool Kit User s Guide 3/98

2 .

3 Robust Multivariable Predictive Control Technology Fractionator Tool Kit User s Guide Revision 1.1 3/98

4 Copyright, Notices, and Trademarks Printed in U.S.A. Copyright 1997 by Honeywell Inc. While this information is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate, Honeywell disclaims the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose and makes no express warranties except as may be stated in its written agreement with and for its customer. In no event is Honeywell liable to anyone for any indirect, special or consequential damages. The information and specifications in this document are subject to change without notice. TDC 3000 and TotalPlant are U. S. registered trademarks of Honeywell Inc. Other product names are trademarks of their respective owners. Honeywell Industrial Automation and Control 2500 West Union Hills Phoenix, AZ (602) iv Fractionator Tool Kit 04/99 Honeywell Inc.

5 Table of Contents COPYRIGHT, NOTICES, AND TRADEMARKS... IV TABLE OF CONTENTS... V TOOL KIT ITEM... TAB ASTM D86 TEMPERATURE CALCULATION... 1 FLASH POINT CALCULATION... 2 FLASH POINT CALCULATION (REBOILED)... 3 FREEZE POINT CALCULATION... 4 INTERNAL LIQUID AND VAPOR CALCULATION... 5 LABORATORY UPDATING SYSTEM... 6 POUR POINT CALCULATION... 7 PRESSURE COMPENSATED TEMPERATURE CALCULATION... 8 REID VAPOR PRESSURE CALCULATION... 9 TEMPERATURE CORRECTED SPECIFIC GRAVITY WATSON K CALCULATION /99 Fractionator Tool Kit v Honeywell Inc.

6 04/99 Fractionator Tool Kit vi Honeywell Inc.

7 Advanced Control Package ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation CONTROLLED April 1995 Revision 3.0 Honeywell Hi-Spec Solutions N. Black Canyon Hwy. Phoenix, AZ 85023

8 16404 North Black Canyon Hiway Phoenix, Az Rolling Oaks Dr Thousand Oaks, CA ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Richmond, Suite 1110 Houston, Tx Revision 3.0 Chilworth Research Centre Southampton, United Kingdom SO1 7NP Revision History

9 Table of Contents Acronym List...1 Overview...1 Hardware and Software Requirements...3 Instrumentation (Process Inputs)...4 Process Diagram...5 Detailed Description...6 Point Structure...7 Process Inputs...8 Configuration Inputs...10 Calculation Outputs...14 Error Codes...17 Diagnostic Error Codes...18 Molecular Weight Error Codes...22 EFV Temperature Error Codes...23 EFV Temperature to ASTM D86 Temperature Error Codes...24 Configuration and Tuning...25 Biases in the ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Program...26 Tuning Parameters...27 Algorithms...28 Installation Procedure...33 Preparation for Installation...34 Custom Data Segment (CDS) and Parameter List (PL) Installation...35 Building ASTM D86 Calculation Point...36 Configuration Graphics Installation...37 Configure Calculation Point...38 Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG...39 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry...44 Link CL Programs...49 ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision 3.0 Contents

10 Acronym List Term Application Module Local Control Network Universal Station control language process variable custom data segment pounds per square inch Parameter List CL object code file extension Universal Control Network Equivalent Flash Vaporization Fluidized Catalytic Cracked Acronym AM LCN US CL PV CDS psi PL AO UCN EFV FCC ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision 3.0 Acronym List

11 Overview Definition. ASTM D86 temperature is the temperature to which a product must be heated, under prescribed conditions, to distill the desired volume percent of the original sample. Application. The ASTM D86 temperatures of a hydrocarbon fraction is an important specification for motor gasoline, aviation gasoline, naphtha, kerosene, gas oils, distillate fuel oils, and similar petroleum products. ASTM D86 temperatures define the volatility characteristics or the boiling range of the product. Calculation. The ASTM D86 temperature calculation program calculates the inferential ASTM D86 temperature of a hydrocarbon product based on: Process inputs : Characterization inputs: Calculated values: Temperature, pressure, and flows Watson K, specific gravity and optionally molecular weight Selected ASTM D86 temperature, equilibrium flash vaporization temperature, effective pressure, mole fraction and optionally molecular weight. Incentive. 1. To indicate how closely a hydrocarbon stream is meeting the ASTM D86 temperature specification. 2. To eliminate dead time associated with laboratory analysis and on-line analyzers. 3. To provide a real-time input for use in advanced control applications. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Overview

12 LGO 90% Cutpoint Data Calc 90% Lab 90% Sample Number ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Overview

13 Hardware and Software Requirements Requirement Hardware Platform Special Boards Other Computing Systems LCN Release AM Load Modules US Load Modules Other Packages Other Control Applications Software Inputs TDC 3000 AM None None Release 300 or later None None None Description None Gravities and Watson K factors for the input streams must exist as points on the LCN ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Hardware and Software Requirements

14 Instrumentation (Process Inputs) Process Input1 Required Recommended Input stream flow rates X Product temperature X Product pressure X 1 Required inputs can sometimes be obtained by inference. However, calculations based upon inferred data can be less accurate than calculations based upon direct readings. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Instrumentation (Process Inputs)

15 Process Diagram TC2 P23 OFF GAS FC1 FC2 T32 TOWER NAPHTHA FC3 T31 FC4 PUMPAROUND FC5 STEAM KEROSENE INTERNAL VAPOR INTERNAL REFLUX ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Process Diagram

16 Detailed Description The tables in this section describe the following ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Point program architecture: Point Structure Process Inputs Configuration Inputs Calculation Outputs. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Structure

17 Point Structure Point Structure Point Type Application Module Regulatory, CL PV_Type CL CTL_Type Any Custom Data Segment D86_CDS.CL Algorithm D86_EFV.CL Insertion Point PV_ALG Slot 5 Output The calculated inferential temperature of the selected D86 is displayed as the point s PV ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Structure

18 Process Inputs Process Inputs Critical2 Parameter Description Units Yes No FLOW_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 flow input Any flow units X FLOW_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 flow input Any flow units X GRAV_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X MOLWT(1) MOLWT(2) Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 1 Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 2 lb/mole lb/mole X X Continued 2 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Process Inputs

19 Process Inputs (Continued) Process Inputs Critical Parameter Description Units Yes No MOLWT(3) Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 3 lb/mole X MOLWT(4) MOLWT(5) MOLWT(6) MOLWT(7) MOLWT(8) MOLWT(9) MOLWT(10) Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 4 Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 5 Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 6 Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 7 Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 8 Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 9 Calculated/Entered molecular weight for stream 10 lb/mole lb/mole lb/mole lb/mole lb/mole lb/mole lb/mole PRESS_PT Tagname for pressure input Any pressure units X TEMP_PT Tagname for temperature input F or C X WATK_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 Watson K factor None X X X X X X X X ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Process Inputs

20 Configuration Inputs Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units CONV_FAC(1) Stream 1 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(2) Stream 2 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(3) Stream 3 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(4) Stream 4 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(5) Stream 5 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(6) Stream 6 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(7) Stream 7 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(8) Stream 8 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(9) Stream 9 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(10) Stream 10 flow input unit conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(11) PRESS_PT input unit multiplicative conversion factor From input units to PSI CONV_FAC(12) Input temperature units flag 0 = F 1 = C N/A CONV_FAC(13) Input gravity type flag 0 = API 1 = Specific Gravity CONV_FAC(14) Not used N/A ENGPAR(1) Number of input flow streams N/A ENGPAR(2) ENGPAR(3) ENGPAR(4) Local atmospheric pressure, used to convert input gauge to input absolute units. Set calculation bad flag 0 =>OK; 1 => BAD Array location of the product flow point. Used to identify the products WATK(i) and SPGR(i) N/A Same units as PRESS_PT N/A N/A Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

21 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units ENGPAR(5) Selected Volume of the D86 to calculate. 0 =EFV; 1 = 0%; 2 = 10%; 3 = 30%; 4 = 10%; 5 = 70% 6 = 90% 7 = 100% N/A ENGPAR(6) ENGPAR(7) ENGPAR(8) ENGPAR(9) ENGPAR(10) ENGPAR(11) ENGPAR(12) ENGPAR(13) ENGPAR(14) ENGPAR(15) Selects the source for stream 1 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects the source for stream 2 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects the source for stream 3 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects the source for stream 4 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects the source for stream 5 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects the source for stream 6 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects the source for stream 7 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects the source for stream 8 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects the source for stream 9 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered Selects source for stream 10 molecular weight. 1 = Calculated 2 = Manually entered ENGPAR(16) Not used N/A ENGPAR(17) Not used N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

22 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units ENGPAR(18) Not used N/A ENGPAR(19) Not used N/A ENGPAR(20) Not used N/A FILTER(1) Filter time for stream 1 flow input minutes FILTER(2) Filter time for stream 2 flow input minutes FILTER(3) Filter time for stream 3 flow input minutes FILTER(4) Filter time for stream 4 flow input minutes FILTER(5) Filter time for stream 5 flow input minutes FILTER(6) Filter time for stream 6 flow input minutes FILTER(7) Filter time for stream 7 flow input minutes FILTER(8) Filter time for stream 8 flow input minutes FILTER(9) Filter time for stream 9 flow input minutes FILTER(10) Filter time for stream 10 flow input minutes FILTER(11) Filter time for temperature input minutes FILTER(12) Filter time for pressure input minutes FILTER(13) Filter time for all gravity inputs, GRAV_PT(1-10) minutes FILTER(14) Filter time for all Watson K factor inputs, WATK_PT(1-10) minutes FILTER(15) Filter time for multiplicative lab bias, LAB_BIAS(1) minutes FILTER(16) Filter time for additive lab bias, LAB_BIAS(2) minutes FILTER(17) Not used minutes FILTER(18) Not used minutes LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative lab bias ( scales mole fraction ) LAB_BIAS(2) Additive lab bias ( scales D86 temperature ) NUMER(1) NUMER(2) NUMER(3) NUMER(4) Numerator indicator for stream 1 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator Numerator indicator for stream 2 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator Numerator indicator for stream 3 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator Numerator indicator for stream 4 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator N/A N/A N/A N/A Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

23 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units NUMER(5) Numerator indicator for stream 5 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator N/A NUMER(6) NUMER(7) NUMER(8) NUMER(9) NUMER(10) Numerator indicator for stream 6 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator Numerator indicator for stream 7 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator Numerator indicator for stream 8 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator Numerator indicator for stream 9 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator Numerator indicator for stream 10 flow; 0 = flow not in numerator 1 = flow is in numerator N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

24 Calculation Outputs Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units CALC_VAL(1) Calculated ASTM D86 temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(2) Calculated EFV temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(3) Effective pressure Pressure input units absolute CALC_VAL(4) Mole fraction. Fraction of vapor in equilibrium with the product N/A CALC_VAL(5) Moles in the numerator of the mole fraction Moles CALC_VAL(6) Moles in the denominator of the mole fraction Moles CALC_VAL(7) Filtered product temperature plus bias Input units CALC_VAL(8) Filtered product pressure plus bias Input units absolute CALC_VAL(9) The product s filtered specific gravity N/A CALC_VAL(10) The product s filtered Watson K factor N/A CALC_VAL(11) Moles of flow input 1 Moles CALC_VAL(12) Moles of flow input 2 Moles CALC_VAL(13) Moles of flow input 3 Moles CALC_VAL(14) Moles of flow input 4 Moles CALC_VAL(15) Moles of flow input 5 Moles CALC_VAL(16) Moles of flow input 6 Moles CALC_VAL(17) Moles of flow input 7 Moles CALC_VAL(18) Moles of flow input 8 Moles CALC_VAL(19) Moles of flow input 9 Moles CALC_VAL(20) Moles of flow input 10 Moles CALC_VAL(21) Not used N/A CALC_VAL(22) Not used N/A Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

25 Calculation Outputs (Continued) Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units FILT_VAL(1) Stream 1 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(1) Input units FILT_VAL(2) Stream 2 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(2) Input units FILT_VAL(3) Stream 3 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(3) Input units FILT_VAL(4) Stream 4 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(4) Input units FILT_VAL(5) Stream 5 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(5) Input units FILT_VAL(6) Stream 6 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(6) Input units FILT_VAL(7) Stream 7 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(7) Input units FILT_VAL(8) Stream 8 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(8) Input units FILT_VAL(9) Stream 9 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(9) Input units FILT_VAL10) Stream 10 filtered flow input, FLOW_PT(10) Input units FILT_VAL(11) Filtered temperature input, TEMP_PT Input units FILT_VAL(12) Filtered pressure input, PRESS_PT Input units FILT_VAL(13) Stream 1 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(1) Input units FILT_VAL(14) Stream 2 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(2) Input units FILT_VAL(15 Stream 3 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(3) Input units FILT_VAL(16) Stream 4 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(4) Input units FILT_VAL(17) Stream 5 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(5) Input units FILT_VAL(18) Stream 6 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(6) Input units FILT_VAL(19) Stream 7 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(7) Input units FILT_VAL(20) Stream 8 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(8) Input units FILT_VAL(21) Stream 9 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(9) Input units FILT_VAL(22) Stream 10 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(10) Input units FILT_VAL(23) Stream 1 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(1) None FILT_VAL(24) Stream 2 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(2) None FILT_VAL(25) Stream 3 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(3) None FILT_VAL(26) Stream 4 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(4) None FILT_VAL(27) Stream 5 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(5) None Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

26 Calculation Outputs (Continued) Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units FILT_VAL(28) Stream 6 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(6) None FILT_VAL(29) Stream 7 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(7) None FILT_VAL(30) Stream 8 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(8) None FILT_VAL(31) Stream 9 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(9) None FILT_VAL(32) Stream 10 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(10) None FILT_VAL(33) Filtered multiplicative lab bias, LAB_BIAS(1) N/A FILT_VAL(34) Filtered additive lab bias, LAB_BIAS(2) F FILT_VAL(35) Not used N/A FILT_VAL(36) Not used N/A PVCALC Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential D86 point Temperature input units REV_NO Program revision number N/A STATUS(1) Diagnostic indication of location and possible causes of program error N/A STATUS(2) Diagnostic indication of subroutine error N/A ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

27 Error Codes The tables in this section describe the following program error codes: Diagnostic error codes Molecular weight calculation subroutine error codes EFV temperature determination subroutine error codes EFV temperature to ASTM D86 temperature determination subroutine error codes. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Error Codes

28 Diagnostic Error Codes Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(1) No errors 1.0 Set calculation BAD flag on [ENGPAR(3)<>0] 2.0 The number of streams is outside the range of 2 to 10 [ENGPAR(1)] 3.0 The product stream number is outside the range of 1 to 10 [ENGPAR(4)] 4.0 An incorrect ASTM D86 volume % has been entered [ENGPAR(5)] 5.0 Stream 1 flow input, FLOW_PT(1), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 6.0 Stream 2 flow input, FLOW_PT(2), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 7.0 Stream 3 flow input, FLOW_PT(3), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 8.0 Stream 4 flow input, FLOW_PT(4), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 9.0 Stream 5 flow input, FLOW_PT(5), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 10.0 Stream 6 flow input, FLOW_PT(6), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 11.0 Stream 7 flow input, FLOW_PT(7), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 12.0 Stream 8 flow input, FLOW_PT(8), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 13.0 Stream 9 flow input, FLOW_PT(9), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 14.0 Stream 10 flow input, FLOW_PT(10), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 15.0 Stream 1 gravity input, GRAV_PT(1), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 16.0 Stream 2 gravity input, GRAV_PT(2), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 17.0 Stream 3 gravity input, GRAV_PT(3), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 18.0 Stream 4 gravity input, GRAV_PT(4), has a null point entered or has a bad PV Continued 3 STATUS(1) indicates errors in the calculation. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

29 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(1) Stream 5 gravity input, GRAV_PT(5), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 20.0 Stream 6 gravity input, GRAV_PT(6), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 21.0 Stream 7 gravity input, GRAV_PT(7), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 22.0 Stream 8 gravity input, GRAV_PT(8), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 23.0 Stream 9 gravity input, GRAV_PT(9), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 24.0 Stream 10 gravity input, GRAV_PT(10), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 25.0 Stream 1 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(1), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 26.0 Stream 2 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(2), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 27.0 Stream 3 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(3), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 28.0 Stream 4 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(4), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 29.0 Stream 5 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(5), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 30.0 Stream 6 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(6), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 31.0 Stream 7 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(7), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 32.0 Stream 8 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(8), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 33.0 Stream 9 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(9), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 34.0 Stream 10 Watson K factor input, WATK_PT(10), has a null point entered or has a bad PV 35.0 Stream 1 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(1), has a bad value or is less than 0.0 Continued 3 STATUS(1) indicates errors in the calculation. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

30 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(1) Stream 2 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(2), has a bad value or is less than Stream 3 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(3), has a bad value or is less than Stream 4 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(4), has a bad value or is less than Stream 5 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(5), has a bad value or is less than Stream 6 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(6), has a bad value or is less than Stream 7 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(7), has a bad value or is less than Stream 8 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(8), has a bad value or is less than Stream 9 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(9), has a bad value or is less than Stream 10 entered molecular weight, MOLWT(10), has a bad value or is less than There is an error in calculating stream 1 molecular weight, MOLWT(1). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 46.0 There is an error in calculating stream 2 molecular weight, MOLWT(2). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 47.0 There is an error in calculating stream 3 molecular weight, MOLWT(3). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 48.0 There is an error in calculating stream 4 molecular weight, MOLWT(4). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 49.0 There is an error in calculating stream 5 molecular weight, MOLWT(5). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 50.0 There is an error in calculating stream 6 molecular weight, MOLWT(6). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" Continued 3 STATUS(1) indicates errors in the calculation. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

31 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(1) There is an error in calculating stream 7 molecular weight, MOLWT(7). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 52.0 There is an error in calculating stream 8 molecular weight, MOLWT(8). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 53.0 There is an error in calculating stream 9 molecular weight, MOLWT(9). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 54.0 There is an error in calculating stream 10 molecular weight, MOLWT(10). See STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes" 55.0 The temperature input, TEMP_PT, has a null point entered or has a bad PV 56.0 The pressure input, PRESS_PT, has a null point entered or has a bad PV 57.0 The multiplicative lab bias, LAB_BIAS(1) has a bad value 58.0 The additive lab bias, LAB_BIAS(2) has a bad value 59.0 The calculated effective pressure, CALC_VAL(3), has a bad value 60.0 There is an error in calculating the EFV temperature, CALC_VAL(2). See STATUS(2) in "EFV Temperature Error Codes" 61.0 There is an error in converting the EFV temperature, CALC_VAL(2), to the ASTM D86 temperature. See STATUS(2) in "EFV Temperature to ASTM D86 Temperature Error Codes" 3 STATUS(1) indicates errors in the calculation. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

32 Molecular Weight Error Codes Molecular Weight Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(2)4 0.0 No errors 1.0 Calculated molecular weight has a bad value 2.0 Input specific gravity has a bad value 3.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input specific gravity or Watson K equal to or less than STATUS(2) indicates errors returned by the molecular weight calculation subroutine. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Molecular Weight Error Codes

33 EFV Temperature Error Codes EFV Temperature Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(2)5 0.0 No errors 1.0 Calculated EFV temperature has a bad value 2.0 Input temperature has a bad value 3.0 Input effective vapor pressure has a bad value 4.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input temperature, effective vapor pressure, or Watson K has a zero or negative value 5 STATUS(2) indicates errors returned by the EFV temperature calculation subroutine. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision EFV Temperature Error Codes

34 EFV Temperature to ASTM D86 Temperature Error Codes EFV Temperature to ASTM D86 Temperature Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(2)6 0.0 No errors 1.0 Calculated ASTM D86 temperature has a bad value 2.0 Input EFV temperature has a bad value 3.0 Input specific gravity has a bad value 4.0 Input volume percent distilled has a bad value -1.0 Input specific gravity has a zero or negative value or the input volume percent distilled is less than 1 or greater than 7 6 STATUS(2) indicates errors returned by the EFV temperature to ASTM D86 temperature calculation subroutine. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision EFV to ASTM Temperature Error Codes

35 Configuration and Tuning This section describes the parameters and values used to configure and tune the package to a specific application. Biases Temperature Bias Pressure Bias Laboratory Bias. Tuning Multiplicative Bias. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Configuration and Tuning

36 Biases in the ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Program The ASTM D86 temperature program is equipped with the following additive biases: Input product temperature Input pressure Additive laboratory bias for the calculated ASTM D86 temperature. Parameter T_BIAS P_BIAS LAB_BIAS(2) Bias Parameters Description Additive bias to input product temperature, TEMP_PT Additive bias to input pressure, PRESS_PT Additive laboratory bias to calculated ASTM D86 temperature Pressure and Temperature Bias. The pressure bias (P_BIAS) and temperature bias (T_BIAS) are added to the input values before performance of the unit conversions and should be entered in the same units as the input pressure and temperature. The T_BIAS parameter is used when there is a known error in either the product temperature indication. The P_BIAS parameter is used when the actual pressure at the draw tray is not available as an input to the calculation. Example. If the column overhead pressure is used for PRESS_PT, then P_BIAS is set equal to the pressure change between the column overhead and the draw tray. Additive Laboratory Bias. The ASTM D86 temperature calculation program biases the calculated ASTM D86 temperature using the parameter LAB_BIAS(2) for additive biasing. Only the additive bias, LAB_BIAS(2), is used dynamically and is expected to be updated manually or with a laboratory results interface package. Both PVCALC and CALC_VAL(1) contain the biased calculated ASTM D86 temperature. The unbiased temperature is not reported. For unbiased calculated results set LAB_BIAS(2) = 0.0. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Biases in the D86_EFV Program

37 Tuning Parameters If there is a sustained offset between the calculated and laboratory ASTM D86 temperatures even with the use of the biasing, the following parameters can be adjusted. Parameter LAB_BIAS(1) T_BIAS Suggested Adjustment Decreasing the multiplicative bias the on the mole fraction increases the calculated ASTM D86 temperature Increasing the product temperature bias increase the calculated ASTM D86 temperature Multiplicative Bias [LAB_BIAS(1)] The mole fraction of hydrocarbon vapor that is in equilibrium with the hydrocarbon product is calculated using the internal reflux, all product coming off the column at the draw tray and above (to the column overhead), and inert material. The multiplicative bias is applied to the mole fraction. The mole fraction is used to determine the partial pressure of the hydrocarbon vapor which is used to determined the EFV temperature. The EFV temperature is then converted to the desired ASTM D86 temperature. Temperature Bias [T_BIAS] If the vapor temperature at the draw tray is not directly measured, then the input temperature may be biased to give the approximate vapor temperature. The vapor temperature is corrected for pressure to determine the EFV temperature. The EFV temperature is then converted to the desired ASTM D86 temperature. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Tuning Parameters

38 Algorithms Conversion of Engineering Units. The input process flows can have any units, but the conversion factors must be configured to yield mass, as shown in Equation 1: flow(i) = FLOW_PT(i).PV * CONV_FAC(i) Where: flow(i) FLOW_PT(i).PV CONV_FAC(i) = Process flow i converted to mass units for internal use = Input process flow i in any units = Conversion for flow i from input units to mass units Equation 1: Flow Units Conversion The input process pressure can have any units. However, the conversion factor must be configured to yield pounds per square inch (psi), as shown in Equation 2: press = ( (PRESS_PT.PV +P_BIAS) *CONV_FAC(11) ) + atm_pres Where: press PRESS_PT.PV P_BIAS CONV_FAC(11) atm_pres = Process pressure converted to psia for internal use = Input process pressure in any gauge units = Bias to input pressure in input gauge units = Conversion factor for pressure from input units to psi = Atmospheric pressure in psi and When: ENG_PAR(2) <= 0 then atm_pres = else atm_pres = ENG_PAR(2) *CONV_FAC(11) Equation 2: Pressure Units Conversion Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Algorithms

39 Algorithms (Continued) The input process temperature can be in Fahrenheit or Centigrade as indicated by CONV_FAC(12). However, a temperature in C is converted to F for internal use as shown in Equation 3: temp = (TEMP_PT.PV + T_BIAS) * Where: temp = Process temperature converted to F for internal use T_BIAS = Temperature input bias in C TEMP_PT.PV = Input process temperature in C Equation 3: Temperature Units Conversion The gravity inputs can be in API or specific gravity as indicated by CONV_FAC(13). Inputs in API are converted to specific gravity for internal use as shown in Equation 4: f_grav(i) = / (GRAV_PT(i).PV ) Where: f_grav GRAV_PT(i).PV = Gravity input i converted to specific gravity = Input gravity i in API Equation 4: API to Specific Gravity Conversion Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Algorithms

40 Algorithms (Continued) Molecular Weight Calculation. The molecular weight is calculated from the input gravity and Watson K factor using the Honeywell standard molecular weight calculation, as shown in Equation 5: mol_wt = Function[f_grav, watk, mabp] Where: mol_wt f_grav watk mabp = Calculated molecular weight = Input gravity as a specific gravity = Input Watson K factor = Calculated mean average boiling point Equation 5: Molecular Weight Calculation Effective Pressure Calculation. The effective pressure is calculated from process flow inputs, in moles, and the pressure input converted to absolute units, as shown in Equation 6: eff_press = Function[flow(i), lab1, press] Where: eff_press flow(i) lab1 press = Calculated effective pressure = Process flow i converted to mass units for internal use = Multiplicative bias = Process pressure converted to psia for internal use Equation 6: Effective Pressure Calculation Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Algorithms

41 Algorithms (Continued) EFV Temperature Calculation. Using the effective pressure, process input temperature, and Watson K factor, the equivalent temperature of the vapor at atmospheric pressure, Equivalent Flash Vaporization (EFV) temperature, is calculated using the Honeywell temperature correction calculation, as shown in Equation 7: efv = Function[temp, eff_press, watk] Where: efv eff_press watk = Calculated Equivalent Flash Vaporization (EFV) temperature = Effective pressure = Input Watson K factor Equation 7: Equivalent Flash Vaporization (EFV) Temperature Calculation ASTM D86 temperature Calculation. The ASTM D86 temperature is calculated from EFV temperature using the Honeywell ASTM D86 calculation, as shown in Equation 8: d86_pt = Function[efv, f_grav, d86_vol] Where: d86_pt efv f_grav d86_vol = Calculated ASTM D86 temperature = Calculated Equivalent Flash Vaporization (EFV) temperature = Input gravity as a specific gravity = The ASTM D86 volume percent where the temperature is to be calculated Equation 8: ASTM D86 temperature Calculation Continued ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Algorithms

42 Algorithms (Continued) Biasing. The additive bias factor is provided to reduce the offset between the inferential ASTM D86 temperature and a laboratory or on-line analysis determined ASTM D86 temperature, as shown in Equation 9: bias_d86 = d86_pt + LAB_BIAS(2) Where: bias_d86 d86_pt LAB_BIAS(2) = Biased ASTM D86 temperature = Calculated ASTM D86 temperature = Additive laboratory bias Equation 9: ASTM D86 Calculation Biasing ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Algorithms

43 Installation Procedure This document describes the installation procedure for D86_EFV software on the TDC 3000 System Application Module. This section covers the following topics: Preparation for Installation Custom Data Segment (CDS) and Parameter List (PL) Installation Building ASTM D86 Calculation Point Configuration Graphics Installation. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Installation Procedure

44 Preparation for Installation Step Gather media Make media backup Action Gather the following items: Removable media containing the directory D86 Make a backup copy of media/directory on a US with drives n and m configured as follows: Media: FCOPY $Fn $Fm Directory only: CD $Fm>vol> D86 COPY $Fn>D86>*.* $Fm>D86>= -V -D Where $Fn is the drive with the source media and $Fm is the drive with the target media. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Preparation for Installation

45 Custom Data Segment (CDS) and Parameter List (PL) Installation This procedure must be done once per LCN installation. Step Set volume pathnames Compile D86_CDS.CL Parameter list Action From Modify Volume Paths display: CL CUSTOM GDF: NET>CDSG> USER DEFLT PATH: $Fn>D86 From the Command Processor Display, compile the CDS file, D86_CDS: CL $Fn>D86>D86_CDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry There is no parameter list for the standard ASTM D86 calculation package ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision CDS and PL Installation

46 Building ASTM D86 Calculation Point A calculation point is required for each ASTM D86 temperature calculated Step Modify Exception Build file, D86_EFV.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor Display: ED $Fn>D86>D86_EFV.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" PERIOD = as required From the Builder Commands Display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>D86 Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: D86_EFV.EB Pathname for IDF file: D86_EFV.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Building D86 Point Calculation Point

47 Configuration Graphics Installation Graphics must be compiled and installed once per LCN. Step Go to Picture Editor Load DDB Read D86_CFG Verify and Compile Copy D86_CFG.DO to graphics directory Action Enter the Picture Editor, one of two ways: From the Engineering Main Menu select the Picture editor target OR From the Command Processor command line type PE [ENTER] Load Global variable definition file, DDB: L $Fn>D86>DDB [ENTER] Read in the picture file, D86_CFG R $Fn>D86>D86_CFG [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>D86_CFG.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path ASTMD86 Temperature Calculation Revision Configuration Graphics Installation

48 Configure Calculation Point Configuration of the calculation point can be done either through the graphic D86_CFG or through direct entry to the CDS ports on the Point Detail display. Use of the configuration graphic is recommended. Graphic Configuration of ASTM D86 Calculation Point Non Graphic Configuration of ASTM D86 Calculation Point Linking CL Program. ASTMD86 Temperature Calculation Revision Configure Calculation Point

49 Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG Each entry port on the flash configuration graphic, D86_CFG, is described below: Graphic D86_CFG Continued ASTMD86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG

50 Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG (Continued) Selection Port Parameter Description Calculation Point -- Enter the ASTM D86 calculation point tagname. Number of Streams ENGPAR(1) Enter the number of flow inputs (streams). Product Location ENGPAR(4) Enter the array location of the product stream within the flow inputs. Gain on EFV Value LAB_BIAS(1) Enter the value to be use as the EFV multiplicative bias. Default value is 1.0. Gain Filter (min) FILTER(15) Enter the multiplicative bias filter time in minutes. Additive Calc Bias LAB_BIAS(2) The additive bias is a dynamic value and an associated lab package determines the additive bias. Additive Filter (min) FILTER(16) Enter the additive bias filter time in minutes. Gravity Units [API] [SPGR] CONV_FAC(13) Select the input gravity unit. Gravity Filter (min) FILTER(13) Enter the gravity filter time in minutes. The one gravity filter value is used for all gravity inputs. Watson K Filter (min) FILTER(14) Enter the Watson K filter time in minutes. The one Watson K filter value is used for all Watson K inputs. Desired Volume % ENGPAR(5) Select the ASTM D86 volume % point where the temperature is to be determined. Temperature Units [DEG F] [DEG C] CONV_FAC(12) Select the input temperature units. Temperature Pnt TEMP_PT Enter the tagname of the draw temperature. Temperature Bias T_BIAS Enter the bias value to be added to the draw temperature. Continued ASTMD86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG

51 Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG (Continued) Selection Port Parameter Description Temp Filter (min) FILTER(11) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the draw temperature. Pressure Pnt PRESS_PT Enter the tagname of the pressure point used to determine the pressure at the draw tray. Pressure Bias P_BIAS Enter the bias value to be added to the pressure input. Pressure Filter (min) FILTER(12) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the pressure input. Atmospheric Pressure ENGPAR(2) Enter the atmospheric pressure in input units or for psi units. The program will handle either entry correctly. Pressure Conv Factor CONV_FAC(11) Enter the conversion factor to convert input pressure units to psi. There are up to ten flow inputs or stream points that can be configured for the ASTM D86 calculation. The configuration zone for the flow inputs is located at the bottom of the configuration graphic. The page forward and back keys on the TDC 3000 keyboard steps through the setup zones. The number setup zones used indexes off the Number of Streams at the top left of the configuration graphic. There are two variations of the flow point configuration zone. One configuration zone is used when the stream molecular weight is to be calculated by the ASTM D86 program. The other configuration zone is for when the stream molecular weight is supplied by the user. When the stream molecular weight is to be calculated, ports to enter the stream gravity point tagname and Watson K point tagname are supplied. If the stream molecular weight is supplied by the user, these ports are unavailable. Continued ASTMD86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG

52 Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG (Continued) Graphic D86_CFG Flow Configuration Zone 1 Graphic D86_CFG Flow Configuration Zone 1 Continued ASTMD86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG

53 Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG (Continued) Selection Port Parameter7 Description # Envelope Flow Pnt FLOW_PT(i) Enter flow input i tagname. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(i) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to mass units. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the flow input. Molecular Weight [CALC] [USER] ENGPAR(5+i) Specifies if the molecular weight of stream i is to be calculated on line or use a static value supplied by user. Stream in Numerator NUMER(i) Specifies if stream i is in the numerator of the mole fraction. All streams are in the denominator. ( see stream in numerator discussion at the end of this document.) Stream Gravity Pnt GRAV_PT(i) Enter the tagname for stream i gravity input. The input port for this parameter is unavailable when the molecular weight is supplied by the USER. Stream Watson K Pnt WATK_PT(i) Enter the tagname for stream i Watson K factor input. The input port for this parameter is unavailable when the molecular weight is supplied by the USER. 7 The (i) indicates the number of the flow input. ASTMD86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic D86_CFG

54 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry If the configuration graphic is not used, then the configuration data must be entered directly onto the calculation point. The required calculation point information and associated parameter are listed below. Parameter8 Description Comments CONV_FAC(1) Stream 1 (FLOW_PT(1)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Convert input units to mass units. CONV_FAC(2) CONV_FAC(3) CONV_FAC(4) CONV_FAC(5) CONV_FAC(6) CONV_FAC(7) CONV_FAC(8) CONV_FAC(9) CONV_FAC(10) CONV_FAC(11) Stream 2 (FLOW_PT(2)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 3 (FLOW_PT(3)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 4 (FLOW_PT(4)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 5 (FLOW_PT(5)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 6 (FLOW_PT(6)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 7 (FLOW_PT(7)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 8 (FLOW_PT(8)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 9 (FLOW_PT(9)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 10 (FLOW_PT(10)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Process pressure input (PRESS_PT) multiplicative conversion factor Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to mass units. Convert input units to psi. Continued 8 The (i) indicates the number of the flow input. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

55 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter8 Description Comments CONV_FAC(12) Input temperature unit flag Default is 0 ( F). 0 => F 1 => C CONV_FAC(13) Input gravity type flag Default is 0 (API). 0 => API 1 => Specific gravity ENGPAR(1) Number of flow, stream, inputs Number of flow inputs must match the number of entries reflected in FLOW_PT(i). (2.0 < ENGPAR(1) <= 10.0) ENGPAR(2) Local atmospheric pressure Same units as PRESS_PT. A value of will be used internally if a zero is entered. ENGPAR(3) Flag to set calculation BAD This input allows the calculation to be set bad by an Engineering request. 0 => Do not set BAD 1 => Set calculation BAD ENGPAR(4) Array location of product gravity and Watson K ENGPAR(5) ASTM D86 temperature to be ASTM D86 volume % calculated 0 => EFV 1 => 0% 2 => 10% 3 => 30% 4 => 50% 5 => 70% 6 => 90% 7 => 100% ENGPAR(6) Flag for whether stream 1 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered ENGPAR(7) Flag for whether stream 2 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered Continued 8 The (i) indicates the number of the flow input. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

56 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter8 Description Comments ENGPAR(8) Flag for whether stream 3 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered ENGPAR(9) Flag for whether stream 4 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered ENGPAR(10) Flag for whether stream 5 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered ENGPAR(11) Flag for whether stream 6 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered ENGPAR(12) Flag for whether stream 7 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered ENGPAR(13) Flag for whether stream 8 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered ENGPAR(14) Flag for whether stream 9 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered Continued 8 The (i) indicates the number of the flow input. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

57 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter8 Description Comments ENGPAR(15) Flag for whether stream 10 molecular weight is calculated or manually entered FILTER(1) FILTER(2) FILTER(3) FILTER(4) FILTER(5) FILTER(6) FILTER(7) FILTER(8) FILTER(9) FILTER(10) FILTER(11) FILTER(12) FILTER(13) FILTER(14) FILTER(15) FILTER(16) Stream 1 flow input, FLOW_PT(1), filter time Stream 2 flow input, FLOW_PT(2), filter time Stream 3 flow input, FLOW_PT(3), filter time Stream 4 flow input, FLOW_PT(4), filter time Stream 5 flow input, FLOW_PT(5), filter time Stream 6 flow input, FLOW_PT(6), filter time Stream 7 flow input, FLOW_PT(7), filter time Stream 8 flow input, FLOW_PT(8), filter time Stream 9 flow input, FLOW_PT(9), filter time Stream 10 flow input, FLOW_PT(10), filter time Draw temperature, TEMP_PT, filter time Process pressure, PRESS_PT, filter time Filter time for all gravity inputs, GRAV_PT(i) Filter time for all Watson K inputs, WATK_PT(i) Multiplicative bias, LAB_BIAS(1), filter time Additive bias, LAB_BIAS(2), filter time This input allows the molecular weight to be updated based on laboratory results. 0 => Calculate 1 => Manually entered Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Continued 8 The (i) indicates the number of the flow input. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

58 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter8 Description Comments FLOW_PT(i) Stream i flow input tagname The minimum number of flow inputs is 2. GRAV_PT(i) Stream i gravity input tagname When the molecular weight is calculated by the ASTM D86 routine a gravity input MUST be supplied. LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative laboratory bias to calculated ASTM D86 temperature Used to proportionally bias the mole fraction. Default value is 1.0. LAB_BIAS(2) MOLWT(i) NUMER(i) Additive laboratory bias to calculated ASTM D86 temperature Entered stream i molecular weight when the molecular weight is to be supplied by the USER. Flag to indicate when stream i is in the numerator of the mole fraction Same units as TEMP_PT. Default value is 0.0. When the molecular weight is calculated by ASTM D86 routine, no entry is required. Indicates if the stream i flow is to be in the numerator of the mole fraction. 0 =>Flow is NOT in numerator 1 => Flow is in numerator PRESS_PT Process pressure input tagname Use the pressure bias, P_BIAS, if the pressure indicator is not located on the draw tray. P_BIAS Process pressure additive bias Same units as PRESS_PT. TEMP_PT Draw tray temperature tagname Use the temperature bias, T_BIAS, if the temperature indicator is not located on the draw tray. T_BIAS Draw tray temperature additive bias Same units as TEMP_PT. WATK_PT(i) Stream i Watson K factor input tagname When the molecular weight is calculated by the ASTM D86 routine a Watson K input MUST be supplied. 8 The (i) indicates the number of the flow input. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

59 Link CL Programs Step Link D86_EFV Activate point Verify Operation Action From the Command Processor Display: LK $Fn>D86>D86_EFV point_name [ENTER] Call up the point detail and activate the point, or activate from D86_CFG graphic. Verify that D86_EFV is running without any CL errors. ASTM D86 Temperature Calculation Revision 3.0 A-49 Appendix A Engineer s Detailed Description

60

61 Advanced Control Package Flash Point Calculation CONTROLLED May 1995 Revision 3.0 Honeywell Hi-Spec Solutions N. Black Canyon Hwy. Phoenix, AZ 85023

62 Table of Contents Overview...1 Acronym List...3 Hardware and Software Requirements...4 Instrumentation (Process Inputs)...5 Process Diagram...6 Detailed Description...7 Point Structure...8 Process Inputs...9 Configuration Inputs...10 Configuration Inputs (Continued)...11 Calculation Outputs...12 Error Codes...13 Diagnostic Error Codes...14 Molecular Weight Error Codes...15 EFV Temperature Error Codes...16 Configuration and Tuning...17 Biases in the Flash Point Program...18 Tuning Parameters...19 Tuning Parameters (Continued)...20 Algorithms...21 Algorithms (Continued)...22 Installation Procedure...23 Preparation for Installation...24 CDS and PL Installation...25 Building a Flash Calculation Point...26 Configuration Graphics Installation...27 Configure Calculation Point...28 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG...29 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued)...30 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued)...31 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued)...32 Flash Point Calculation Revision 3.0 Revision History

63 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued)...33 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued)...34 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry...35 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...36 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...37 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...38 Link CL Programs...39 Flash Point Calculation Revision 3.0 Contents

64

65 Overview Definition. Flash point temperature is the temperature to which a product must be heated under prescribed conditions to release sufficient vapor to form a mixture with air that can be readily ignited. Application. The flash point of a hydrocarbon fraction is an important specification for jet fuel, LCO, and heavy FCC gasoline products, because the flash point generally indicates the fire and explosion potential of the product. Calculation. The Flash Point calculation program calculates the inferential flash point of a hydrocarbon product based on: Process inputs : Characterization inputs: Calculated values: Temperatures, pressures, and flows Watson K and specific gravity Molecular weight, equilibrium flash vaporization temperature, ASTM 10% point, and Flash Point. Incentive. 1. To indicate how closely a hydrocarbon stream is meeting the flash point specification. 2. To eliminate dead time associated with laboratory analysis and on-line analyzers. 3. To provide a real-time input for use in advanced control applications. Flash Point Calculation Revision Overview

66 Predicted & Laboratory Flash Values Pred Flash Lab Flash Initial tuning No lab Bias update Crude switch No lab Bias update Number of Samples Figure 1 The lab results in Figure 1 are shown with error bars of + or - 1 C. The ASTM D Flash Point, by the Pensky-Martens Closed Tester method, states a reproducibility of + or - 2 C when the test is performed by the same technician. Flash Point Calculation Revision Overview

67 Acronym List Term light cycle oil Fluidized Catalytic Cracker Application Module Local Control Network Universal Station control language process variable custom data segment Equalibrium Flash Vaporization pounds per square inch Parameter List CL object code file extension Acronym LCO FCC AM LCN US CL PV CDS EFV psi PL AO Flash Point Calculation Revision Acronym List

68 Hardware and Software Requirements Requirement Hardware Platform Special Boards Other Computing Systems LCN Release AM Load Modules US Load Modules Other Packages Other Control Applications Software Inputs TDC 3000 AM None None Release 300 or later None None None Description None Specific gravities and Watson K factors for the stripper feed and stripper product must exist as points on the LCN Flash Point Calculation Revision Hardware and Software Requirements

69 Instrumentation (Process Inputs) Process Input 1 Required Recommended Stripper feed temperature X Stripper product temperature X 2 Stripper product flow rate(s) X Distillation column feed flow rate X Stripper pressure X Stripping steam temperature X Stripping steam flow X Stripper feed flow X Required inputs can sometimes be obtained by inference. However, calculations based upon inferred data can be less accurate than calculations based upon direct readings. Prediction accuracy is reduced if this variable is established. This is an optional input. If available this flow can be used to give direct calculation of vapor stripped instead of using the Nelson correlation. Flash Point Calculation Revision Instrumentation (Process Inputs)

70 Process Diagram Hydrocarbon and Steam PI Recommended Required TI Main Fractionator Hydrocarbon Draw FI Stripper FC TI Steam Hydrocarbon FC Stripped Hydrocarbon Product FC TI Total Feed Flash Point Calculation Revision Process Diagram

71 Detailed Description The tables in this section describe the following Flash Point program architecture: Point Structure Process Inputs Configuration Inputs Calculation Outputs. Flash Point Calculation Revision Detailed Description

72 Point Structure Point Structure Point Type Application Module Regulatory, CL PV_Type CL CTL_Type Any Custom Data Segment FLSH_CDS.CL Algorithm FLSH_PT.CL Insertion Point PV_ALG Slot 5 Output The calculated inferential flash point is displayed as the point s PV Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Structure

73 Process Inputs. Process Inputs Critical 4 Parameter Description Units Yes No PRESS_PT Tagname of source for process pressure Any pressure units X TEMP_PT(1) TEMP_PT(2) TEMP_PT(3) FLOW_PT(1) FLOW_PT(2) FLOW_PT(3) FLOW_PT(4) FLOW_PT(5) Tagname of source for stripper feed temperature Tagname of source for stripper product temperature Tagname of source for stripping steam temperature Tagname of source for first product flow rate Tagname of source for second product flow rate Tagname of source for third product flow rate Tagname of source for stripping steam flow rate Tagname of source for Distillation Column feed flow rate (main tower) F or C X F or C X F or C X Any flow units Any flow units Any flow units Any flow units Any flow units FLOW_PT(6) Tagname of source for stripper feed. Any flow units X GRAV_PT(1) GRAV_PT(2) WATK_PT(1) WATK_PT(2) Tagname of source for stripper feed gravity Tagname of source for stripper product gravity Tagname of source for stripper feed Watson K factor Tagname of source for stripper product Watson K factor API or none (S.G.) API or none (S.G.) None None X X X X X X X X 4 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Flash Point Calculation Revision Process Inputs

74 Configuration Inputs Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units T_BIAS(1) Additive bias to stripper feed temperature Same units as TEMP_PT(1) T_BIAS(2) Additive bias to stripper product temperature Same units as TEMP_PT(2) P_BIAS Additive bias to stripper pressure Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(1) Local atmospheric pressure (a value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(2) Number of product flows (1.0 < ENGPAR(2) <= 3.0) N/A ENGPAR(3) Gain on product yield bias to EFV temperature F/Volume % ENGPAR(4) ENGPAR(5) Ratio of steam heat capacity to stripped product heat capacity Ratio of the latent heat of vaporization of stripped product to 100 times the heat capacity of stripped product None Units of ( F) -1 ENGPAR(6) Temperature drop across stripper due to ambient losses Same units as TEMP_PT(1) ENGPAR(7) Flag to force calculation BAD ( 0 => Do not set BAD; 1 => Set calculation BAD) N/A ENGPAR(8) Stripper feed flag ( 0 => feed flow must be calculated, 1 => use is available feed flow ) None ENGPAR(9) Stripping media molecular weight lb/lb-mole LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative bias applied to the partial pressure N/A LAB_BIAS(2) Additive laboratory bias to calculated flash point Same units as TEMP_PT(1) CONV_FAC(1) CONV_FAC(2) CONV_FAC(3) CONV_FAC(4) CONV_FAC(5) Product 1 (FLOW_PT(1)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Product 2 (FLOW_PT(2)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Product 3 (FLOW_PT(3)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stripping steam (FLOW_PT(4)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Distillation column feed (FLOW_PT(5)) multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MBPD From input units to MBPD From input units to MBPD From input units to MPPH From input units to MBPD Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

75 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units CONV_FAC(6) Stripper feed (FLOW_PT(6)) multiplicative flow conversion factor. From input units to MBPD CONV_FAC(7) CONV_FAC(8) CONV_FAC(9) Stripper pressure (PRESS_PT) multiplicative conversion factor Input temperature unit flag; 0 => F; 1 => C Input gravity type flag: 0 => API; 1 => Specific gravity From input units to psi FILTER(1) Filter time for product 1 flow input Minutes FILTER(2) Filter time for product 2 flow input Minutes FILTER(3) Filter time for product 3 flow input Minutes FILTER(4) Filter time for stripping gas (steam) flow input Minutes FILTER(5) Filter time for Distillation column feed flow input Minutes FILTER(6) Filter time for stripper feed flow input Minutes FILTER(7) Filter time for stripper feed temperature input Minutes FILTER(8) Filter time for product temperature measurement Minutes FILTER(9) Filter time for stripping steam temperature measurement Minutes FILTER(10) Filter time for stripper pressure measurement input Minutes FILTER(11) Filter time for stripper feed and product gravity Minutes FILTER(12) Filter time for stripper feed and product Watson K factor Minutes FILTER(13) Filter time for additive laboratory bias Minutes FILTER(14) Filter time for calculated stripper delta temperature Minutes FILTER(15) Filter time for calculated product yield Minutes N/A N/A Flash Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

76 Calculation Outputs Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units PVCALC Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential flash point Temperature input units CALC_VAL(1) Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential flash point Temperature input units CALC_VAL(2) Calculated fraction of vaporized stripper feed N/A CALC_VAL(3) Calculated equilibrium hydrocarbon mole fraction N/A CALC_VAL(4) Calculated unbiased equilibrium flash vaporization temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(5) Calculated yield biased EFV temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(6) Calculated volumetric product yield Volume % CALC_VAL(7) ASTM D86 10% point Temperature input units MOLWT(1) Calculated molecular weight of draw to stripper lb/lb-mol MOLWT(2) Calculated molecular weight of stripper product lb/lb-mol FILT_VAL(1) Filtered value of input product 1 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(2) Filtered value of input product 2 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(3) Filtered value of input product 3 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(4) Filtered value of input stripping steam flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(5) Filtered value of input distillation column feed rate Input units FILT_VAL(6) Filtered value of input stripper feed rate Input units FILT_VAL(7) Filtered value of input stripper draw temperature Input units FILT_VAL(8) Filtered value of input stripper product temperature Input units FILT_VAL(9) Filtered value of input stripping steam temperature Input units FILT_VAL10) Filtered value of input stripper pressure Input units FILT_VAL(11) Filtered value of input stripper feed gravity Input units FILT_VAL(12) Filtered value of input stripper product gravity Input units FILT_VAL(13) Filtered value of input stripper feed Watson K None FILT_VAL(14) Filtered value of input stripper product Watson K None FILT_VAL(15) Filtered value of input additive laboratory bias Input units FILT_VAL(16) Filtered value of input temperature drop across stripper Input temp units FILT_VAL(17) Filtered value of calculated product yield Input units STATUS(1) Diagnostic indication of location and possible causes of program error N/A STATUS(2) Diagnostic indication of subroutine error N/A REV_NO Program revision number N/A Flash Point Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

77 Error Codes The tables in this section describe the following program error codes: Diagnostic error codes Molecular weight error codes EFV temperature error codes. Flash Point Calculation Revision Error Codes

78 Diagnostic Error Codes Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(1) No errors 1.0 Set calculation BAD flag on [ENGPAR(7)<>0] 2.0 Input number of product streams is outside the range 1 to 3 [ENGPAR(2)] 3.0 Input product yield bias gain factor, ratio of steam to product heat capacities or ratio of product latent heat of vaporization to 100 times product heat capacity has a zero or negative value [ENGPAR(3..5) <= 0] 4.0 FLOW_PT(4) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 5.0 FLOW_PT(5) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 6.0 PRESS_PT has a null point entered or has a bad PV 7.0 TEMP_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 8.0 TEMP_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 9.0 TEMP_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 10.0 LAB_BIAS(2) has a bad value 11.0 GRAV_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 12.0 GRAV_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 13.0 WATK_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 14.0 WATK_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 15.0 FLOW_PT(6) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 16.0 FLOW_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 17.0 FLOW_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 18.0 FLOW_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 19.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(1) (see STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes") 20.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(2) (see STATUS(2) in "Molecular Weight Error Codes") 21.0 Calculated fraction of feed vaporized has a bad value or is greater than or equal to 1.0. or is less than 0.0 [CALC_VAL(2)] 23.0 Calculated hydrocarbon mole fraction in vapor is less than or equal to 0.0 or greater than 1.0 [CALC_VAL(3)] 23.0 Error in calculating EFV temperature (see STATUS(2) in "EFV Temperature Error Codes") 5 STATUS(1) indicates errors in the calculation. Flash Point Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

79 Molecular Weight Error Codes Molecular Weight Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(2)6 0.0 No errors 1.0 Calculated molecular weight has a bad value 2.0 Input specific gravity has a bad value 3.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input specific gravity or Watson K equal to or less than STATUS(2) indicates errors returned by the molecular weight calculation subroutine. Flash Point Calculation Revision Molecular Weight Error Codes

80 EFV Temperature Error Codes EFV Temperature Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(2) 0.0 No errors 1.0 Calculated EFV temperature has a bad value 2.0 Input temperature has a bad value 3.0 Input effective vapor pressure has a bad value 4.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input temperature, effective vapor pressure, or Watson K has a zero or negative value Flash Point Calculation Revision EFV Temperature Error Codes

81 Configuration and Tuning This section describes the parameters and values used to configure and tune the package to a specific application. Biases Temperature Bias Pressure Bias Laboratory Bias. Tuning EFV Yield Bias and Gain Nelson Number Stripping Coefficient Ambient Loss Multiplicative Bias. Flash Point Calculation Revision Configuration and Tuning

82 Biases in the Flash Point Program The Flash Point program is equipped with the following additive biases: Input stripper feed and product temperatures Input pressure Additive laboratory bias for the flash point. Parameter T_BIAS(1) T_BIAS(2) P_BIAS LAB_BIAS(2) Bias Parameters Description Additive bias to input stripper draw temperature TEMP_PT(1) Additive bias to input stripped product temperature TEMP_PT(2) Additive bias to input stripper pressure PRESS_PT Additive laboratory bias to calculated flash point Pressure and Temperature Bias. The pressure bias (P_BIAS) and temperature biases (T_BIAS(1), T_BIAS(2)) are added to the input values before performance of the unit conversions and should be entered in the same units as the input pressure and temperatures. The T_BIAS parameters are used when there is a known error in either the draw or product temperature indication. The P_BIAS parameter is used when the actual stripper pressure is not available as an input to the calculation. Example. If the column overhead pressure is used for PRESS_PT, then P_BIAS is set equal to the pressure change between the column overhead and the stripper bottom. Additive Laboratory Biases. The calculated flash point is biased using LAB_BIAS(2). Only the additive bias, LAB_BIAS(2), is used dynamically and is expected to be updated manually or with a laboratory results interface package. Both PVCALC and CALC_VAL(1) contain the biased calculated flash temperature. The unbiased flash is not reported. For unbiased calculated results set LAB_BIAS(2) = 0.0 Flash Point Calculation Revision Biases in the Flash Point Program

83 Tuning Parameters If there is a sustained offset between the calculated and laboratory flash points even with the use of the biasing, the following parameters can be adjusted. Parameter ENGPAR(3) ENGPAR(4) ENGPAR(5) ENGPAR(6) LAB_BIAS(1) Suggested Adjustment Increasing the gain on the EFV yield bias decreases the calculated flash point Increasing the ratio of heat capacities of stripping steam to stripped product decreases the calculated flash point Increasing the ratio of the latent heat of the stripped product divided by 100 times the heat capacity of the stripped product increases the calculated flash point Increasing the ambient temperature loss across the stripper increases the calculated flash point Multiplicative bias applied to effecive pressure EFV Yield Bias and Gain [ENGPAR(3)] A dynamic yield is calculated using the main Fractionator feed and stripper product flow rates. A gain is applied to this yield number to generate a correction bias used on the calculated EFV temperature. The EFV temperature is used to calculate the ASTM 10 % point. The ASTM 10 % point is used to calculate the flash temperature. The relation is: efv_temp = efv_temp - (y_gain * f_yld) Nelson Number [ENGPAR(4)] A number based on the ratio of the feed to product heat capacities. It is used in the numerator of the calculation of the fraction of feed stripped. This fraction is used to back calculate the feed to the stripper from the known product flow. The relation is: frac_vap = f(nelson)*f(delta temp) / f(stripping coeff) Stripping Coefficient [ENGPAR(5)] A constant used in the denominator of the calculation for fraction of feed stripped. The relation is: frac_vap = f(nelson)*f(delta temp) / f(stripping coeff) Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Tuning Parameters

84 Tuning Parameters (Continued) Multiplicative Bias [LAB_BIAS(1)] The multiplicative bias, LAB_BIAS(1), is used as a proportional bias. This bias is optional and is manually entered when used. If this bias is not used it must be set to 1.0. Ambient Loss [ENGPAR(6)] The temperature loss across the stripper due to Ambient conditions. The relation is: Used in the relation is: delta temp = feed temp - product temp - Ambient loss frac_vap = f(nelson)*f(delta temp) / f(stripping coeff) The following samples show the direction and magnitude to be expected with an adjustment to the different tuning factors. Increase Y_Gain to Decrease Flash Point Increase Nelson to Decrease Flash Point Increase Strip Coef to Increase Flash Point Increase Delta Temperature to Increase Flash Point Y_GAIN [ENGPAR(3)] FLASH POINT C Nelson number [ENGPAR(4)] FLASH POINT C Strip Coef [ENGPAR(5)] FLASH POINT C Delta temp [ENGPAR(6)] FLASH POINT C Flash Point Calculation Revision Tuning Parameters

85 Algorithms Conversion of Engineering Units. The input process flows can have any units, but the conversion factors must be configured to yield thousands of barrels per day (MBPD), as shown in Equation 1: flow(i) = FLOW_PT(i).PV * CONV_FAC(i) Where: flow(i) FLOW_PT(i).PV CONV_FAC(i) = Process flow i converted to MBPD for internal use = Input process flow i in any units = Conversion for flow i from input units to MBPD Equation 1 The input process pressure can have any units. However, the conversion factor must be configured to yield pounds per square inch (psi), as shown in Equation 2: press = ( (PRESS_PT.PV +P_BIAS) *CONV_FAC(7) ) + atm_pres Where: press PRESS_PT.PV P_BIAS CONV_FAC(7) atm_pres = Process pressure converted to psia for internal use = Input process pressure in any gauge units = Bias to input pressure in input gauge units = Conversion factor for pressure from input units to psi = Atmospheric pressure in psi and When: ENG_PAR(1) <= 0 then atm_pres = else atm_pres = ENG_PAR(1) * CONV_FAC(7) Equation 2 Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Algorithms

86 Algorithms (Continued) Flash Point Calculation. The flash point is calculated from process inputs using the Honeywell flash point calculation, as shown in Equation 3: flash_pnt = Function[draw_t, prod_t, delta_t, press, product, feed, steam, steam_t, draw_char, prod_char] Where: flash_pnt draw_t prod_t press product feed steam steam_t draw_char prod_char = Calculated flash point = Stripper draw temperature = Stripper product temperature = Stripper pressure = Stripped product flow rate = Unit feed rate = Stripping steam flow rate = Stripping steam temperature = Stripper draw characterization (gravity and Watson K) = Stripper product characterization (gravity and Watson K) Equation 3 Biasing. Two bias factors are provided to reduce the offset between the inferential flash point and a laboratory or on-line analysis-determined flash point. A multiplicative bias and an additive bias are used, as shown in Equation 4: bias_flash = flash_pnt + LAB_BIAS(2) Where: bias_flash flash_pnt LAB_BIAS(2) = Biased flash point = Calculated flash point = Additive laboratory bias Equation 4 Flash Point Calculation Revision Algorithms

87 Installation Procedure This document describes the installation procedure for FLSH_PNT on the TDC 3000 System AM. This section covers the following topics: Preparation for Installation CDS and PL Installation Building Flash Point Calculation Point Configuration Graphics Installation. Flash Point Calculation Revision Installation Procedure

88 Preparation for Installation Step Gather media Make media backup Action Gather the following items: Removable media containing the directory FLSH Commissioning Worksheet Make a backup copy of media/directory on a US with drives n and m configured as follows: Media: FCOPY $Fn $Fm Directory only: CD $Fm>vol_dir> FLSH COPY $Fn>FLSH>*.* $Fm>FLSH>= -V -D Where $Fn is the drive with the source media and $Fm is the drive with the target media Flash Point Calculation Revision Preparation for Installation

89 CDS and PL Installation This procedure must be done once per LCN installation. Step Set volume pathnames Compile FLSH_CDS.CL Parameter list From Modify Volume Paths display: CL CUSTOM GDF: NET>CDSG> USER DEFLT PATH: $Fn>FLSH Action From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, FLSH_CDS: CL $Fn>CDS>FLSH_CDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry There is no parameter list for the standard flash calculation package Flash Point Calculation Revision CDS and PL Installation

90 Building a Flash Calculation Point A calculation point is required for each hydrocarbon flash point calculated Step Modify Exception Build file, FLSH_PNT.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>FLSH_PNT.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" PERIOD = as required From the Builder Commands display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>EB Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: FLSH_PNT.EB Pathname for IDF file: FLSH_PNT.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button Flash Point Calculation Revision Building a Flash Calculation Point

91 Configuration Graphics Installation Graphics must be compiled and installed once per LCN. Step Go to Picture Editor Load DDB Read FLSH_CFG Verify and Compile Copy FLSH_CFG.DO to graphics directory Action Enter the Picture Editor, one of two ways: From the Engineering Main Menu select the PICTURE EDITOR target OR From the Command Processor command line type PE [ENTER] Load Global variable definition file, DDB: L $Fn>PICS>DDB [ENTER] Read in the picture file, FLSH_CFG R $Fn>FLSH>FLSH_CFG [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete compile the picture: COM [ENTER] From the Command Processor display: COPY $Fn>FLSH>FLSH_CFG.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path Flash Point Calculation Revision Configuration Graphics Installation

92 Configure Calculation Point Configuration of the calculation point can be done either through the graphic FLSH_CFG or through direct entry to the CDS ports on the Point Detail display. Use of the configuration graphic is recommended. Setup of the calcualtion point requires the following steps: Graphic or Non Graphic Configuration of Flash Calculation Point Linking CL Program. Notes: Configuration errors may occur if points are deleted. To correct this problem, the AO files must be unlinked and then relinked to reestablish dynamic indirection. Link errors may occur, when an improper point type is configured in a CDS parameter. This is caused by a missing parameter. A null point containing all required parameters can be used in the configuration for linking purposes only. After the CL is linked, the desired point is then entered into the proper CDS location. Flash Point Calculation Revision Configure Calculation Point

93 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG Each entry port on the flash configuration graphic, FLSH_CFG, is described below: Graphic FLSH_CFG Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG

94 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued) Selection Port Parameter Action Calculation Point -- Enter the flash calculation point name. # of Prod Flows ENGPAR(2) Enter the number on product flow streams. Flash Mult Bias LAB_BIAS(1) Enter the number to use as the flash multiplicative bias. This is the proportional bias and should be set to 1.0 if not used. Partial pressure correction. Flash Added Bias LAB_BIAS(2) Enter the additive bias point name. This value is a dynamic value and an associated lab package writes the calculated bias value to a numeric point. Flash Bias Filter (min) FILTER(13) Enter the additive bias filter time in minuets. Gain on EFV Yield ENGPAR(3) Enter the tuning value of the EFV gain value. If none is known, use a starting value of 0.3. Nelson s Constant ENGPAR(4) Enter the tuning value of the Nelson s constant. If none is known, use a starting value of Stripping Coef ENGPAR(5) Enter the tuning value of the stripping coefficient. If none is known, use a starting value of 4.5. Ambient Loss (DT) ENGPAR(6) Enter the number for the contribution due to the ambient temperature loss, usually 5 to 10 F and uses the same units as TEMP_PT(1). This value can be estimated by turning off stripping steam and measuring temperature difference across the stripper. Ambient Loss Filter (min) (Stripper delta temperature) Gravity Units [API] [SPGR] FILTER(14) CONV_FAC(9) Enter the stripper differential temperature filter time in minuets. Select the input gravity unit. GravityPnt [Draw] GRAV_PT(1) Enter the stripper feed gravity point name. GravityPnt [Prod] GRAV_PT(2) Enter the product gravity point name. The same gravity point is used for all products. Watson K pnt [Draw] WATK_PT(1) Enter the stripper feed Watson K point name. Watson K pnt [Prod] WATK_PT(2) Enter the product Watson K point name. The same Watson K point is used for all products. Gravity Filter (min) FILTER(11) Enter the number for the gravity filter in minuets. The same gravity filter point is used for both feed and product. Watson K Filter (min) FILTER(12) Enter the number for the Watson K filter in minuets. The same Watson K filter point is used for both feed and product. Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG

95 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued) Selection Port Parameter Action Temperature Units CONV_FAC(8) Select the input temperature units. [DEG F] [DEG C] Temperature Pnt [Draw] Temperature Pnt [Prod] Temperature Bias[Draw] Temperature Bias[Prod] Temp Filter (min) [Draw] Temp Filter (min) [Prod] TEMP_PT(1) TEMP_PT2) T_BIAS(1) T_BIAS(2) FILTER(7) FILTER(8) Enter the name of the stripper feed temperature point. Enter the name of the product temperature point. Enter the number for the stripper feed temperature bias. Enter the number for the product temperature bias. Enter the number for the stripper feed temperature filter. Enter the number for the product temperature filter. Stm Temperature TEMP_PT(3) Enter the stripping media (steam) temperature point. Stm Filter (min) FILTER(9) Enter the number for the stripping media temperature filter. Stripper Pressure Pnt PRESS_PT Enter the Stripper pressure point. Stripper Pressure Bias P_BIAS Enter the number for the stripper pressure bias. Pressure Filter (min) FILTER(10) Enter the number for the stripper pressure filter. Atmospheric Pressure ENGPAR(1) Enter the atmospheric pressure in input units OR meter for psi units. The program will handle either entry correctly. Pressure Conv Factor CONV_FAC(7) Enter the conversion factor to convert input pressure units to psi. Prod Yield Filter (min) Stripper Feed Flow [CALC] [SYS] FILTER(15) ENGPAR(8) Enter the number to be used for the calculated product yield filter. Select if the program is to calculate the stripper feed or use an inputted feed flow. There are six stream points that can be configured for the flash calculation. The configuration zone for these flows is located at the bottom of the configuration graphic. The page forward and back keys on the TDC 3000 keyboard step through the six setup zones. Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG

96 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued) The first three zones that display are used for the three possible product streams. The graphic indexes off of the # of Prod Flows parameter at the top left of the configuration graphic. The graphic displays only the number of product stream configurations indicated by # of Prod Flows this will be from 1 to 3. The next three zones are used for the steam point, distillation column (unit) feed, and the stripper feed. Selection Port Parameter Description 1 Product Pnt FLOW_PT(1) Enter the first product flow point. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(1) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to thousand barrels per day. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(1) Enter the first product flow filter. Selection Port Parameter Description 2 Product Pnt FLOW_PT(2) Enter the second product flow point. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(2) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to thousand barrels per day. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(2) Enter the second product flow filter. Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG

97 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued) The Third product stream is not illustrated because it follows the same format as one and two. Selection Port Parameter Description Steam Pnt FLOW_PT(4) Enter the stripping media (steam) flow point. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(4) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to thousand pounds per hour. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(4) Enter the stripping media (steam) flow filter. Selection Port Parameter Description Unit Feed Pnt FLOW_PT(5) Enter the distillation column (unit) flow point. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(5) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to thousand barrels per day. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(5) Enter the distillation column feed flow filter. Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG

98 Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG (Continued) Selection Port Parameter Description Strp Feed Pnt FLOW_PT(6) Enter the stripper feed flow point if available. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(6) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to thousand barrels per day. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(6) Enter the stripper feed flow filter. Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FLSH_CFG

99 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry If the configuration graphic is not used, then the configuration data must be entered directly onto the calculation point. The required calculation point information and associated parameter are listed below. Parameter Description Comments PRESS_PT Tagname of source for process pressure Use bias in P_BIAS if the pressure is not located on the bottom of the stripper. TEMP_PT(1) TEMP_PT(2) TEMP_PT(3) FLOW_PT(1) FLOW_PT(2) FLOW_PT(3) FLOW_PT(4) FLOW_PT(5) FLOW_PT(6) GRAV_PT(1) GRAV_PT(2) Tagname of source for stripper feed temperature Tagname of source for stripper product temperature Tagname of source for stripping steam temperature Tagname of source for first product flow rate Tagname of source for second product flow rate Tagname of source for third product flow rate Tagname of source for stripping steam flow rate Tagname of source for distillation column feed flow rate Tagname of source for stripper feed flow rate Tagname of source for stripper feed gravity Tagname of source for stripper product gravity Use bias in T_BIAS(1) if the temperature is not located on the feed stream. Use bias in T_BIAS(2) if the temperature is not located on the stripper product. If a steam temperature is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. Must have one product stream. Required only if more than 1 product stream exists. Required only if more than 2 product stream exists If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

100 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments WATK_PT(1) Tagname of source for stripper feed Watson K factor Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the watk code block. WATK_PT(2) T_BIAS(1) T_BIAS(2) Tagname of source for stripper product Watson K factor Additive bias to stripper feed temperature Additive bias to stripper product temperature Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the watk code block. Same units as TEMP_PT(1). Same units as TEMP_PT(2). P_BIAS Additive bias to stripper pressure Same units as PRESS_PT. ENGPAR(1) Local atmospheric pressure (a value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) ENGPAR(2) ENGPAR(3) ENGPAR(4) ENGPAR(5) ENGPAR(6) Number of input product flow rates (0.0 < ENGPAR(2) <= 3.0) Gain on product yield bias to EFV temperature Ratio of stripping steam heat capacity to stripped product heat capacity Ratio of the latent heat of vaporization of stripped product to 100 times the heat capacity of stripped product Temperature drop across stripper due to ambient losses ENGPAR(7) Flag to set calculation BAD: 0 => Do not set BAD ; 1 => Set calculation BAD Same units as PRESS_PT. Number of product flows must match # of entries reflected in FLOW_PT(1..3). Starting estimate: 0.3 F/Volume %. Starting estimate: approx Must be in F (if not known start with 4.5). Usually 5 to 10 F. Same units as TEMP_PT(1). Can be estimated by turning off stripping steam and measuring temperature difference across stripper. This input allows the calculation to be set bad by Engineering request. Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

101 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments ENGPAR(8) Flag for stripper feed: 0 = stripper feed is be calculated; Set flag = to 0 to calculate the stripper feed and set flag = to 1 to use a metered feed flow. 0 <> stripper feed is inputted ENGPAR(9) Stripping media molecular weight. 18 for steam 28 for nitrogen. LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative bias applied to the partial pressure Used to bias proportionally. LAB_BIAS(2) CONV_FAC(1) CONV_FAC(2) CONV_FAC(3) CONV_FAC(4) CONV_FAC(5) CONV_FAC(6) CONV_FAC(7) Additive laboratory bias to calculated flash point Product 1 (FLOW_PT(1)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Product 2 (FLOW_PT(2)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Product 3 (FLOW_PT(3)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stripping steam (FLOW_PT(4)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Distillation column feed (FLOW_PT(5)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stripper feed (FLOW_PT(6)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stripper pressure (PRESS_PT) multiplicative conversion factor CONV_FAC(8) Input temperature unit flag: 0 => F ; 1 => C CONV_FAC(9) FILTER(1) FILTER(2) Input gravity type flag 0 => API ; 1 => Specific gravity Filter time for input first product flow rate Filter time for input second product flow rate Same units as TEMP_PT(1). Convert input units to MBPD. Convert input units to MBPD. Convert input units to MBPD. Convert input units to MPPH. Convert input units to MBPD. Convert input units to MBPD. Convert input units to psi. Default is 0 ( F). Default is 0 (API). Minutes Minutes Continued Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

102 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments FILTER(3) Filter time for input third product flow rate Minutes FILTER(4) FILTER(5) Filter time for input stripping steam flow rate Filter time for input distillation column feed flow rate Minutes Minutes FILTER(6) Filter time for input stripper feed Minutes FILTER(7) FILTER(8) FILTER(9) FILTER(10) FILTER(11) FILTER(12) FILTER(13) FILTER(14) FILTER(15) Filter time for input stripper feed temperature Filter time for input product temperature measurement Filter time for input stripping steam temperature measurement Filter time for input pressure measurement Filter time for input feed and product gravities Filter time for input feed and product Watson K factor Filter time for input additive laboratory bias Filter time for calculated stripper delta temperature Filter time for calculated product yield Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Flash Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

103 Link CL Programs Step Link FLSH_PNT Activate point Verify Operation Action From the Command Processor Display: LK $Fn>AO>FLSH_PNT point_name [ENTER] Call up the point detail and activate the point, or activate from FLSH_CFG graphic. Verify that FLSH_PNT is running without any CL errors. Flash Point Calculation Revision Link CL Programs

104 Flash Point Calculation Revision Appendix A Engineere s Detailed Description

105 Advanced Control Package Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled) CONTROLLED May 1995 Revision 2.0 Honeywell Hi-Spec Solutions N. Black Canyon Hwy. Phoenix, AZ 85023

106 Table of Contents Overview...1 Acronym List...3 Hardware and Software Requirements...4 Instrumentation (Process Inputs)...5 Process Diagram...6 Detailed Description...7 Point Structure...8 Process Inputs...9 Configuration Inputs...10 Calculation Outputs...12 Error Codes...13 Diagnostic Error Codes...14 EFV Temperature Error Codes...15 Configuration and Tuning...16 Biases in the Reboiled Flash Point Program...17 Tuning Parameters...18 Algorithms...19 Installation Procedure...21 Preparation for Installation...22 Custom Data Segment (CDS) and Program Language (PL) Installation...23 Building a Reboiled Flash Calculation Point...24 Configuration Graphics Installation...25 Configure Calculation Point...26 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry...27 Link CL Programs...29 Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision 2.0 Table of Contens

107 Overview Definition. The flash point temperature is the temperature to which a product must be heated under prescribed conditions to release sufficient vapor to form a mixture with air that can be readily ignited. Application. The flash point of a hydrocarbon fraction is an important specification for jet fuel, LCO, and heavy FCC gasoline products, because the flash point generally indicates the fire and explosion potential of the product. Calculation. The Flash Point calculation program calculates the inferential flash point of a hydrocarbon product based on: Process inputs: Characterization inputs: Calculated values: Temperatures, pressures, and flows Watson K and specific gravity Equilibrium flash vaporization temperature, ASTM 10% point, and Flash Point. Incentive. 1. To indicate how closely a hydrocarbon stream is meeting the flash point specification. 2. To eliminate dead time associated with laboratory analysis and on-line analyzers. 3. To provide a real-time input for use in advanced control applications. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Overview

108 Un-Biased Reboiled Flash Data Calc Flash Lab Flash Sample # Figure 1 The lab results in Figure 1 are shown with error bars of + or - 1 F. The ASTM D Flash Point, by the Pensky-Martens Closed Tester method, states a reproducibility of + or - 4 F when the test is performed by the same technician. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Overview

109 Acronym List Term Application Module Local Control Network Universal Station control language process variable custom data segment Equilibrium Flash Vaporization pounds per square inch Parameter List CL object code file extension Acronym AM LCN US CL PV CDS EFV psi PL AO Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Acronym List

110 Hardware and Software Requirements Requirement Hardware Platform Special Boards Other Computing Systems LCN Release AM Load Modules US Load Modules Other Packages Other Control Applications Software Inputs Description TDC 3000 AM None None Release 300 or later None None None None Specific gravities and Watson K factors for the stripper feed and stripper product must exist as points on the LCN Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Hardware and Software Requirements

111 Instrumentation (Process Inputs) Process Input1 Required Recommended Stripper product temperature X Stripper pressure X Product Physical Property Information X 1 Required inputs can sometimes be obtained by inference. However, calculations based upon inferred data can be less accurate than calculations based upon direct readings. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Instrumentation (Process Inputs)

112 Process Diagram To be determined. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Process Diagram

113 Detailed Description The tables in this section describe the following Flash Point program architecture: Point Structure Process Inputs Configuration Inputs Calculation Outputs. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Detailed Description

114 Point Structure Point Type PV_Type CTL_Type Custom Data Segment Algorithm Insertion Point Point Structure AM Regulatory, CL CL Any FLSHRCDS.CL FLSH_RBL.CL PV_ALG Slot 5 Output The calculated inferential flash point is displayed as the point s PV Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Point Structure

115 Process Inputs. Process Inputs Critical 2 Parameter Description Units Yes No PRESS_PT Tagname of source for process pressure Any pressure units X TEMP_PT Tagname of source for stripper outlet F or C X temperature FLOW_PT(1) Tagname of source for first product flow Any flow units X rate. (Not used within routine - available for future development.) FLOW_PT(2) Tagname of source for second product Any flow units X flow rate (Not used within routine - available for future development.) FLOW_PT(3) Tagname of source for third product flow Any flow units X rate (Not used within routine - available for future development.) GRAV_PT Tagname of source for stripper product API or none (S.G.) X gravity WATK_PT Tagname of source for stripper product Watson K factor None X 2 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Process Inputs

116 Configuration Inputs Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units T_BIAS Additive bias to stripper outlet temperature Same units as TEMP_PT P_BIAS Additive bias to stripper pressure Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(1) Local atmospheric pressure (a value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(2) Number of stripper product streams (Set to 0.0) N/A ENGPAR(3) Spare - Available for future development N/A ENGPAR(4) Spare - Available for future development N/A ENGPAR(5) Flag to force calculation BAD N/A ( 0 => Do not set BAD; 1 => Set calculation BAD) LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative bias applied to the partial pressure N/A LAB_BIAS(2) Additive laboratory bias to calculated flash point Same units as TEMP_PT(1) CONV_FAC(1) CONV_FAC(2) CONV_FAC(3) CONV_FAC(4) CONV_FAC(5) CONV_FAC(6) Product 1 (FLOW_PT(1)) multiplicative flow conversion factor (Set to 1.0) Product 2 (FLOW_PT(2)) multiplicative flow conversion factor (Set to 1.0) Product 3 (FLOW_PT(3)) multiplicative flow conversion factor (Set to 1.0) Stripper pressure (PRESS_PT) multiplicative conversion factor Input temperature unit flag; 0 => F; 1 => C Input gravity type flag: 0 => API; 1 => Specific gravity From input units to MBPD From input units to MBPD From input units to MBPD From input units to psi N/A B1 Tuning parameter within the EFV to D86 Covertion routine. N/A B2 Tuning parameter within the EFV to D86 Covertion routine. N/A B3 Tuning parameter within the EFV to D86 Covertion routine. N/A FILTER(1) Filter time for product 1 flow input (Set to 0.0) Minutes FILTER(2) Filter time for product 2 flow input (Set to 0.0) Minutes FILTER(3) Filter time for product 3 flow input (Set to 0.0) Minutes FILTER(4) Filter time for product temperature measurement Minutes N/A Continued Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Configuration Inputs

117 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units FILTER(5) Filter time for pressure measurement at outlet Minutes FILTER(6) Filter time for product gravity Minutes FILTER(7) Filter time for product Watson K factor Minutes FILTER(8) Filter time for additive laboratory bias Minutes FILTER(9) Spare - Available for future development Minutes FILTER(10) Spare - Available for future development Minutes Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Configuration Inputs

118 Calculation Outputs Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units PVCALC Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential flash point Temperature input units CALC_VAL(1) Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential flash point Temperature input units CALC_VAL(2) Calculated unbiased equilibrium flash vaporization temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(3) ASTM D86 10% point Temperature input units FILT_VAL(1) Filtered value of input product 1 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(2) Filtered value of input product 2 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(3) Filtered value of input product 3 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(4) Filtered value of product temperature Input units FILT_VAL(5) Filtered value of product pressure Input units FILT_VAL(6) Filtered value of product gravity Input units FILT_VAL(7) Filtered value of product Watson K None FILT_VAL(8) Filtered value of additive laboratory bias Input units FILT_VAL(9) Spare - Available for future development N/A FILT_VAL(10) Spare - Available for future development N/A STATUS(1) Diagnostic indication of location and possible causes of N/A program error STATUS(2) Diagnostic indication of subroutine error N/A REV_NO Program revision number N/A Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Calculation Outputs

119 Error Codes The tables in this section describe the following program error codes: Diagnostic error codes EFV temperature error codes. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Error Codes

120 Diagnostic Error Codes Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(1) No errors 1.0 Set calculation BAD flag on [ENGPAR(7)<>0] 2.0 Input number of product streams is outside the range 0 to 3 [ENGPAR(2)] 3.0 TEMP_PT has a null point entered or has a bad PV 4.0 PRESS_PT has a null point entered or has a bad PV 5.0 GRAV_PT has a null point entered or has a bad PV 6.0 WATK_PT has a null point entered or has a bad PV 7.0 LAB_BIAS(2) has a bad value 8.0 FLOW_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 9.0 FLOW_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 10.0 FLOW_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 11.0 Error in calculating EFV temperature (see STATUS(2) in "EFV Temperature Error Codes") 3 STATUS(1) indicates errors in the calculation. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

121 EFV Temperature Error Codes EFV Temperature Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(2) 0.0 No errors 1.0 Calculated EFV temperature has a bad value 2.0 Input temperature has a bad value 3.0 Input effective vapor pressure has a bad value 4.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input temperature, effective vapor pressure, or Watson K has a zero or negative value Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision EFV Temperature Error Codes

122 Configuration and Tuning This section describes the parameters and values used to configure and tune the package to a specific application. Biases Temperature Bias Pressure Bias Laboratory Bias. Tuning Multiplicative Bias Scaler Bias. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Configuration and Tuning

123 Biases in the Reboiled Flash Point Program The Flash Point program is equipped with the following additive biases: Stripper product temperature Input pressure Additive laboratory bias for the flash point. Parameter T_BIAS P_BIAS LAB_BIAS(2) Bias Parameters Description Additive bias to input stripper draw temperature TEMP_PT Additive bias to input stripper pressure PRESS_PT Additive laboratory bias to calculated flash point Pressure and Temperature Bias. The pressure bias (P_BIAS) and temperature bias (T_BIAS) are added to the input values before performance of the unit conversions and should be entered in the same units as the input pressure and temperatures. The T_BIAS parameters are used when there is a known error in the product temperature indication. The P_BIAS parameter is used when the actual stripper outlet pressure is not available as an input to the calculation. Example. If the column overhead pressure is used for PRESS_PT, then P_BIAS is set equal to the pressure change between the column overhead and the stripper bottom. Additive Laboratory Biases. The reboiled flash point value can be biased using LAB_BIAS(2). Only the additive bias, LAB_BIAS(2), is used dynamically and is expected to be updated manually or with a laboratory results interface package. Both PVCALC and CALC_VAL(1) contain the biased calculated flash temperature. The unbiased flash is not reported. For unbiased calculated results set LAB_BIAS(2) = 0.0. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Biases in the Flash Point Program

124 Tuning Parameters If there is a sustained offset between the calculated and laboratory flash points even with the use of the biasing, the following parameters can be adjusted. Parameter LAB_BIAS(1) B1 B2 B3 Suggested Adjustment Multiplicative bias applied to effective pressure Scaler valued used to adjust the Coef (A) within the EFV to D86 conversion routine. Scaler valued used to adjust the Coef (B) within the EFV to D86 conversion routine. Scaler valued used to adjust the Coef (C) within the EFV to D86 conversion routine. Multiplicative Bias [LAB_BIAS(1)] The multiplicative bias, LAB_BIAS(1), is used as a proportional bias. This bias is optional and is manually entered when used. The value of this bias directly scales the partial pressure used to determine the EFV temperature. If this bias is not used it must be set to 1.0. Scaler Biases [B1, B2, and B3] The routine which converts from the calculated EFV temperature to the D86 10% point temperature has three parameters. These three parameters can be individually scaled or tuned to provide a clear representation of the D86 value. The default values are all 1.0 and should remain at this value unless calculation performance requires a change. Note: The EFV to D86 equation is highly sensitive to changes in these parameters. Once altered from their default values re-tuning of the entire flash point calculation is required. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Tuning Parameters

125 Algorithms Conversion of Engineering Units. The input process flows can have any units, but the conversion factors must be configured to yield MBPD, as shown in Equation 1: flow(i) = FLOW_PT(i).PV * CONV_FAC(i) Where: flow(i) FLOW_PT(i).PV CONV_FAC(i) = Process flow i converted to MBPD for internal use = Input process flow i in any units = Conversion for flow i from input units to MBPD Equation 1 The input process pressure can have any units. However, the conversion factor must be configured to yield psi, as shown in Equation 2: press = ( (PRESS_PT.PV +P_BIAS) *CONV_FAC(4) ) + atm_pres Where: press PRESS_PT.PV P_BIAS CONV_FAC(4) atm_pres = Process pressure converted to psia for internal use = Input process pressure in any gauge units = Bias to input pressure in input gauge units = Conversion factor for pressure from input units to psi = Atmospheric pressure in psi and When: ENG_PAR(1) <= 0 then atm_pres = else atm_pres = ENG_PAR(1) * CONV_FAC(4) Equation 2 Continued Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Algorithms

126 Algorithms (Continued) Reboiled Flash Point Calculation. The reboiled flash point is calculated from process inputs using the Honeywell flash point calculation, as shown in Equation 3: flash_rbl = Function[ prod_t, press, prod_char] Where: flash_rbl prod_t press prod_char = Calculated flash point = Stripper product temperature = Stripper pressure = Stripper product characterization (gravity and Watson K) Equation 3 Biasing. One bias factor is provided to reduce the offset between the inferential reboiled flash point and a laboratory or on-line analysis-determined flash point. The additive bias used, is shown in Equation 4: bias_flash = flash_rbl+ LAB_BIAS(2) Where: bias_flash flash_rbl LAB_BIAS(2) = Biased flash point = Calculated flash point = Additive laboratory bias Equation 4 Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Algorithms

127 Installation Procedure This document describes the installation procedure for FLSH_RBL on the TDC 3000 System AM. This section covers the following topics: Preparation for Installation CDS and PL Installation Building Flash Point Calculation Point Configuration Graphics Installation. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Installation Procedure

128 Preparation for Installation Step Gather media Make media backup Action Gather the following items: Removable media containing the directory FLSH Commissioning Worksheet Make a backup copy of media/directory on a US with drives n and m configured as follows: Media: FCOPY $Fn $Fm Directory only: CD $Fm>vol_dir> FLSH COPY $Fn>FLSH>*.* $Fm>FLSH>= -V -D Where $Fn is the drive with the source media and $Fm is the drive with the target media Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Preparation for Installation

129 Custom Data Segment (CDS) and Program Language (PL) Installation This procedure must be done once per LCN installation. Step Set volume pathnames Compile FLSHRCDS.CL Parameter list Action From Modify Volume Paths display: CL CUSTOM GDF: NET>CDSG> USER DEFLT PATH: $Fn>FLSH From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, FLSHRCDS: CL $Fn>CDS>FLSHRCDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry There is no parameter list for the standard flash calculation package Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision CDS and PL Installation

130 Building a Reboiled Flash Calculation Point A calculation point is required for each hydrocarbon flash point calculated. Step Modify Exception Build file, FLSH_RBL.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>FLSH_RBL.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" PERIOD = as required From the Builder Commands display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>EB Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: FLSH_RBL.EB Pathname for IDF file: FLSH_RBL.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Building a Reboiled Flash Calculation Point

131 Configuration Graphics Installation There is no configuration display for this routine at this time. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Configuration Graphics Installation

132 Configure Calculation Point Configuration of the calculation point can be done through direct entry to the CDS ports on the Point Detail display. Setup of the calculation point requires the following steps: Non Graphic Configuration of Flash Point Calculation Point Linking CL Program. Notes: Configuration errors may occur if points are deleted. To correct this problem, the AO files must be unlinked and then relinked to reestablish dynamic indirection. Link errors may occur, when an improper point type is configured in a CDS parameter. This is caused by a missing parameter. A null point containing all required parameters can be used in the configuration for linking purposes only. After the CL is linked, the desired point is then entered into the proper CDS location. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Configure Calculation Point

133 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry Configuration data must be entered directly onto the flash calculation point. The required flash calculation point information and associated parameter are listed below. Parameter Description Comments PRESS_PT Tagname of source for process pressure Use bias in P_BIAS if the pressure is not located on the bottom of the stripper. TEMP_PT FLOW_PT(1) FLOW_PT(2) FLOW_PT(3) GRAV_PT WATK_PT T_BIAS Tagname of source for stripper outlet temperature Tagname of source for first product flow rate Tagname of source for second product flow rate Tagname of source for third product flow rate Tagname of source for stripper product gravity Tagname of source for stripper product Watson K factor Additive bias to stripper feed temperature Use bias in T_BIAS if the temperature is not located at the stripper outlet. Enter nothing in this field. Enter nothing in this field. Enter nothing in this field. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the watk code block. Same units as TEMP_PT. P_BIAS Additive bias to stripper pressure Same units as PRESS_PT. ENGPAR(1) Local atmospheric pressure (a Same units as PRESS_PT. value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) ENGPAR(2) Number of input product flow rates (0.0 < ENGPAR(2) <= 3.0) Number of product flows must match # of entries reflected in FLOW_PT(1..3). ENGPAR(3) Spare - Available for future Enter 0.0 development ENGPAR(4) Spare - Available for future development Enter 0.0 ENGPAR(5) LAB_BIAS(1) Flag to set calculation BAD: 0 => Do not set BAD ; 1 => Set calculation BAD Multiplicative bias applied to the partial pressure This input allows the calculation to be set bad by Engineering request. Used to bias proportionally. Continued Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

134 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments LAB_BIAS(2) Additive laboratory bias to Same units as TEMP_PT. calculated flash point CONV_FAC(1) Product 1 (FLOW_PT(1)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Convert input units to MBPD. Set to 1.0 CONV_FAC(2) Product 2 (FLOW_PT(2)) multiplicative flow conversion factor CONV_FAC(3) Product 3 (FLOW_PT(3)) multiplicative flow conversion factor CONV_FAC(4) Stripper pressure (PRESS_PT) multiplicative conversion factor CONV_FAC(5) Input temperature unit flag: 0 => F; 1 => C CONV_FAC(6) Input gravity type flag 0 => API; 1 => Specific gravity FILTER(1) Filter time for input first product flow rate FILTER(2) Filter time for input second product flow rate FILTER(3) Filter time for input third product flow rate Convert input units to MBPD. Set to 1.0 Convert input units to MBPD. Set to 1.0 Convert input units to psi. Default is 0 ( F). Default is 0 (API). Minutes Minutes Minutes FILTER(4) Filter time for product temperature Minutes FILTER(5) Filter time for pressure Minutes FILTER(6) Filter time for input gravity Minutes FILTER(7) Filter time for input Watson K Minutes FILTER(8) Filter time for input additive bias Minutes B1 B2 B3 Scaler value applied within the EFV to D86 conversion Scaler value applied within the EFV to D86 conversion Scaler value applied within the EFV to D86 conversion Use the Default value of 1.0 to begin with. Use the Default value of 1.0 to begin with. Use the Default value of 1.0 to begin with. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

135 Link CL Programs Step Link FLSH_RBL Activate point Verify Operation Action From the Command Processor Display: LK $Fn>AO>FLSH_RBL point_name [ENTER] Call up the point detail and activate the point. Verify that FLSH_RBL is running without any CL errors. Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Link CL Programs

136 Flash Point Calculation (Reboiled Stripper) Revision Appendix A Engineer s Detailed Description

137 Advanced Control Package Freeze Point Calculation CONTROLLED May 1995 Revision 3.0 Honeywell Hi-Spec Solutions N. Black Canyon Hwy. Phoenix, AZ 85023

138 Table of Contents Overview...1 Acronym List...3 Hardware and Software Requirements...4 Instrumentation (Process Inputs)...5 Process Diagram...6 Detailed Description...7 Point Structure...8 Process Inputs...9 Configuration Inputs...11 Calculation Outputs...15 Error Codes...17 Diagnostic Error Codes...18 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued)...19 Molecular Weight Error Codes...20 EFV Temperature Error Codes...21 Configuration and Tuning...22 Biases in the Freeze Point Program...23 Tuning Parameters...24 Algorithms...25 Algorithms (Continued)...26 Installation Procedure...27 Preparation for Installation...28 CDS and PL Installation...29 Building Freeze Point Calculation Point...30 Configuration Graphics Installation...31 Configure Calculation Point...32 Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG...33 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry...37 Link CL Programs...44 Flash Point Calculation Revision 3.0 Table of Contents

139 Flash Point Calculation Revision 3.0 Contents

140

141 Overview Definition. The freeze point temperature is the temperature at which a the first crystal separates from solution. The freeze point temperature is affected by the hydrocarbons paraffinic content, symmetrical molecular structures, and aromatic content. Application. The freeze point of a hydrocarbon fraction is an important specification for jet and kerosene fuels. The flow of fuel must remain constant under a wide range of temperatures and pressures for proper jet turbine performance. Products produced with a elevated freeze point temperature may interrupt engine performance and produce catastrophic results. Calculation. The Freeze Point calculation program calculates the inferential freeze point of a hydrocarbon product based on: Process inputs: Characterization inputs: Calculated values: Temperatures, pressures, and flows Watson K and specific gravity Molecular weight, equilibrium flash vaporization temperature, and the TBP 50% point. Incentive. 1. To indicate how closely a hydrocarbon stream is meeting the freeze point specification. 2. To eliminate dead time associated with laboratory analysis and on-line analyzers. 3. To provide a real-time input for use in advanced control applications. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Overview

142 -26 Unbiased Freeze Point Predicions Calc Freeze Lab Freeze Samples Figure 1 The lab results in Figure 1 are shown with error bars of + or - 1 degree F. The ASTM D Freeze Point, states a reproducibility of + or -2.0 degrees F when the test is performed by the same technician. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Overview

143 Acronym List Term Application Module Local Control Network Universal Station control language process variable custom data segment Equilibrium Flash Vaporization pounds per square inch Parameter List CL object code file extension Acronym AM LCN US CL PV CDS EFV psi PL AO Freeze Point Calculation Revision Acronym List

144 Hardware and Software Requirements Requirement Hardware Platform Special Boards Other Computing Systems LCN Release AM Load Modules US Load Modules Other Packages Other Control Applications Software Inputs Description TDC 3000 AM None None Release 300 or later None None None None Specific gravities and Watson K factors for tower products and the internal liquid, must exist as points on the LCN Freeze Point Calculation Revision Hardware and Software Requirements

145 Instrumentation (Process Inputs) Process Input 1 Required Recommended Input stream flow rates X Draw temperature X Draw pressure X 1 Required inputs can sometimes be obtained by inference. However, calculations based upon inferred data can be less accurate than calculations based upon direct readings. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Instrumentation (Process Inputs)

146 Process Diagram To be determined. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Process Diagram

147 Detailed Description The tables in this section describe the following Freeze Point program architecture: Point Structure Process Inputs Configuration Inputs Calculation Outputs. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Detailed Description

148 Point Structure Point Type PV_Type CTL_Type Custom Data Segment Algorithm Insertion Point Point Structure AM Regulatory, CL CL Any FREZ_CDS.CL FREZ_PNT.CL PV_ALG Slot 5 Output The calculated inferential freeze point is displayed as the point s PV Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Structure

149 Process Inputs Process Inputs Critical 2 Parameter Description Units Yes No PRESS_PT Tagname of source for draw pressure Any pressure units X TEMP_PT Tagname of source for draw temperature F or C X FLOW_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 flow rate Any flow units X GRAV_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X WATK_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(2) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X Continued 2 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Process Inputs

150 Process Inputs (Continued). Process Inputs Critical 3 Parameter Description Units Yes No WATK_PT(3) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(4) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(5) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(6) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(7) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(8) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(9) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(10) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X 3 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Process Inputs

151 Configuration Inputs Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units T_BIAS Additive bias to draw temperature Same units as TEMP_PT P_BIAS Additive bias to draw pressure Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(1) Number of configured streams (2.0 < ENGPAR(1) <= 10.0) N/A ENGPAR(2) Local atmospheric pressure (a value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(3) Location of product stream within configured streams None ENGPAR(4) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 1 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(5) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 2 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(6) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 3 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(7) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 4 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(8) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 5 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(9) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 6 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(10) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 7 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(11) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 8 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(12) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 9 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(13) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 10 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(14) Spare - Available for future development N/A ENGPAR(15) Flag to force calculation BAD N/A ( 0 => Do not set BAD; 1 => Set calculation BAD) LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative bias applied to the mole fraction N/A LAB_BIAS(2) Additive laboratory bias to calculated freeze point Same units as TEMP_PT(1) Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

152 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units NUMER(1) Numerator indication for stream 1 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(2) Numerator indication for stream 2 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(3) Numerator indication for stream 3 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(4) Numerator indication for stream 4 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(5) Numerator indication for stream 5 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(6) Numerator indication for stream 6 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(7) Numerator indication for stream 7 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(8) Numerator indication for stream 8 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(9) Numerator indication for stream 9 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(10) Numerator indication for stream 10 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) CONV_FAC(1) Conversion factor for stream 1 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(2) Conversion factor for stream 2 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(3) Conversion factor for stream 3 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(4) Conversion factor for stream 4 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(5) Conversion factor for stream 5 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(6) Conversion factor for stream 6 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(7) Conversion factor for stream 7 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(8) Conversion factor for stream 8 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(9) Conversion factor for stream 9 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

153 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units CONV_FAC(10) Conversion factor for stream 10 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(11) CONV_FAC(12) CONV_FAC(13) Stripper pressure (PRESS_PT) multiplicative conversion factor Input temperature unit flag; ( 0 => F, 1 => C ) Input gravity type flag: ( 0 => API, 1 => Specific gravity ) From input units to psi N/A CONV_FAC(14) Spare - Available for future development N/A CONV_FAC(15) Spare - Available for future development N/A FILTER(1) Filter time for FLOW_PT(1) Minutes FILTER(2) Filter time for FLOW_PT(2) Minutes FILTER(3) Filter time for FLOW_PT(3) Minutes FILTER(4) Filter time for FLOW_PT(4) Minutes FILTER(5) Filter time for FLOW_PT(5) Minutes FILTER(6) Filter time for FLOW_PT(6) Minutes FILTER(7) Filter time for FLOW_PT(7) Minutes FILTER(8) Filter time for FLOW_PT(8) Minutes FILTER(9) Filter time for FLOW_PT(9) Minutes FILTER(10) Filter time for FLOW_PT(10) Minutes FILTER(11) Filter time for input gravities - GRAV_PT Minutes FILTER(12) Filter time for input Watson K factors - WATK_PT Minutes FILTER(13) Filter time for the input temperature - TEMP_PT Minutes FILTER(14) Filter time for the input pressure - PRESS_PT Minutes FILTER(15) Filter time for multiplicative bias - LAB_BIAS(1) Minutes FILTER(16) Filter time for additive laboratory bias - LAB_BIAS(2) Minutes FILTER(17) Filter time for the calculated mole fraction Minutes FILTER(18) Spare - Available for future development Minutes FILTER(19) Spare - Available for future development Minutes FILTER(20) Spare - Available for future development Minutes MOLWT(1) Molecular weight for stream 1 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(2) Molecular weight for stream 2 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(3) Molecular weight for stream 3 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(4) Molecular weight for stream 4 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(5) Molecular weight for stream 5 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(6) Molecular weight for stream 6 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(7) Molecular weight for stream 7 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) N/A Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

154 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units MOLWT(8) Molecular weight for stream 8 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(9) Molecular weight for stream 9 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(10) Molecular weight for stream 10 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) Freeze Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

155 Calculation Outputs Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units PVCALC Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential freeze point Temperature input units CALC_VAL(1) Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential freeze point Temperature input units CALC_VAL(2) Calculated moles in the numerator Moles CALC_VAL(3) Calculated moles in the denominator Moles CALC_VAL(4) Calculated mole fraction. None CALC_VAL(5) Calculated effective pressure psi CALC_VAL(6) Calculated EFV temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(7) ASTM D86 50% point temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(8) Calculated TBP 50% point temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(9) Calculated low freeze search limit N/A CALC_VAL(10) Calculated high freeze search limit N/A CALC_VAL(11) Calculated freeze point limit ratio N/A CALC_VAL(12) Calculated freeze point delta value N/A CALC_VAL(13) Calculated moles input from stream 1 Moles CALC_VAL(14) Calculated moles input from stream 2 Moles CALC_VAL(15) Calculated moles input from stream 3 Moles CALC_VAL(16) Calculated moles input from stream 4 Moles CALC_VAL(17) Calculated moles input from stream 5 Moles CALC_VAL(18) Calculated moles input from stream 6 Moles CALC_VAL(19) Calculated moles input from stream 7 Moles CALC_VAL(20) Calculated moles input from stream 8 Moles CALC_VAL(21) Calculated moles input from stream 9 Moles CALC_VAL(22) Calculated moles input from stream 10 Moles CALC_VAL(23) Spare - Available for future development N/A CALC_VAL(24) Spare - Available for future development N/A CALC_VAL(25) Spare - Available for future development N/A STATUS(1) Diagnostic indication of location and possible causes of N/A program error STATUS(2) Diagnostic indication of subroutine error N/A REV_NO Program revision number N/A Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

156 Calculation Outputs (Continued) Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units FILT_VAL(1) Filtered value of input stream 1 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(2) Filtered value of input stream 2 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(3) Filtered value of input stream 3 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(4) Filtered value of input stream 4 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(5) Filtered value of input stream 5 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(6) Filtered value of input stream 6 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(7) Filtered value of input stream 7 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(8) Filtered value of input stream 8 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(9) Filtered value of input stream 9 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(10) Filtered value of input stream 10 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(11) Stream 1 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(1) Input units FILT_VAL(12) Stream 2 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(2) Input units FILT_VAL(13) Stream 3 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(3) Input units FILT_VAL(14) Stream 4 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(4) Input units FILT_VAL(15) Stream 5 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(5) Input units FILT_VAL(16) Stream 6 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(6) Input units FILT_VAL(17) Stream 7 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(7) Input units FILT_VAL(18) Stream 8 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(8) Input units FILT_VAL(19) Stream 9 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(9) Input units FILT_VAL(20) Stream 10 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(10) Input units FILT_VAL(21) Stream 1 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(1) Input units FILT_VAL(22) Stream 2 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(2) Input units FILT_VAL(23) Stream 3 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(3) Input units FILT_VAL(24) Stream 4 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(4) Input units FILT_VAL(25) Stream 5 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(5) Input units FILT_VAL(26) Stream 6 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(6) Input units FILT_VAL(27) Stream 7 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(7) Input units FILT_VAL(28) Stream 8 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(8) Input units FILT_VAL(29) Stream 9 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(9) Input units FILT_VAL(30) Stream 10 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(10) Input units FILT_VAL(31) Filtered value of input temperature, TEMP_PT Input units FILT_VAL(32) Filtered value of input pressure, PRESS_PT Input units FILT_VAL(33) Filtered value of input multiplicative bias, LAB_BAIS(1) N/A FILT_VAL(34) Filtered value of input additive bias, LAB_BAIS(2) N/A FILT_VAL(35) Filtered value of calculated mole fraction None Freeze Point Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

157 Error Codes The tables in this section describe the following program error codes: Diagnostic error codes Molecular weight error codes EFV temperature error codes. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Error Codes

158 Diagnostic Error Codes Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(1) 0.0 No errors 1.0 Set calculation BAD flag on [ENGPAR(15)<>0] 2.0 Input number of streams is outside the range 1 to 10 [2 <= ENGPAR(1) <= 10] 3.0 Location of the product stream within the configured stream information is out of range. [2 <= ENGPAR(2) <= 10] 4.0 FLOW_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 5.0 FLOW_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 6.0 FLOW_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 7.0 FLOW_PT(4) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 8.0 FLOW_PT(5) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 9.0 FLOW_PT(6) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 10.0 FLOW_PT(7) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 11.0 FLOW_PT(8) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 12.0 FLOW_PT(9) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 13.0 FLOW_PT(10) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 14.0 GRAV_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 15.0 GRAV_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 16.0 GRAV_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 17.0 GRAV_PT(4) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 18.0 GRAV_PT(5) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 19.0 GRAV_PT(6) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 20.0 GRAV_PT(7) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 21.0 GRAV_PT(8) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 22.0 GRAV_PT(9) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 23.0 GRAV_PT(10) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 24.0 WATK_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 25.0 WATK_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 26.0 WATK_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 27.0 WATK_PT(4) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 28.0 WATK_PT(5) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 29.0 WATK_PT(6) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 30.0 WATK_PT(7) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 31.0 WATK_PT(8) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 32.0 WATK_PT(9) has a null point entered or has a bad PV Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

159 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(1) 33.0 WATK_PT(10) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 34.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(1) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 35.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(2) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 36.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(3) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 37.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(4) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 38.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(5) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 39.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(6) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 40.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(7) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 41.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(8) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 42.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(9) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 43.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(10) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 44.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(1) - see STATUS(2) 45.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(2) - see STATUS(2) 46.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(3) - see STATUS(2) 47.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(4) - see STATUS(2) 48.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(5) - see STATUS(2) 49.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(6) - see STATUS(2) 50.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(7) - see STATUS(2) 51.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(8) - see STATUS(2) 52.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(9) - see STATUS(2) 53.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(10) - see STATUS(2) 54.0 TEMP_PT has a null point entered, bad PV, or filter error 55.0 PRESS_PT has a null point entered, bad PV, or filter error 56.0 LAB_BIAS(1) has a bad value or filter error 57.0 LAB_BIAS(2) has a bad value or filter error 58.0 Calculated mole fraction has a bad value or filter error 59.0 Calculated partial pressure has a bad value or filter error 60.0 Calculated EFV temperature has a bad value 61.0 Freeze point calculation return an error Freeze Point Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

160 Molecular Weight Error Codes Molecular Weight Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(2) No errors 1.0 Calculated molecular weight has a bad value 2.0 Input specific gravity has a bad value 3.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input specific gravity or Watson K equal to or less than 0.0 Freeze Point Calculation Revision Molecular Weight Error Codes

161 EFV Temperature Error Codes EFV Temperature Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(2) No errors 1.0 Calculated EFV temperature has a bad value 2.0 Input temperature has a bad value 3.0 Input effective vapor pressure has a bad value 4.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input temperature, effective vapor pressure, or Watson K has a zero or negative value Freeze Point Calculation Revision EFV Temperature Error Codes

162 Configuration and Tuning This section describes the parameters and values used to configure and tune the package to a specific application. Biases Temperature Bias Pressure Bias Laboratory Additive Bias. Tuning Multiplicative Bias. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Configuration and Tuning

163 Biases in the Freeze Point Program The Freeze Point program is equipped with the following additive biases: Input draw temperature Input draw pressure Laboratory bias for the freeze point. Parameter T_BIAS P_BIAS LAB_BIAS(2) Bias Parameters Description Additive bias to input draw temperature TEMP_PT Additive bias to input draw pressure PRESS_PT Additive laboratory bias to calculated freeze point Pressure and Temperature Bias. The pressure bias (P_BIAS) and temperature bias (T_BIAS) are added to the input values before performance of the unit conversions and should be entered in the same units as the input pressure and temperatures. The T_BIAS parameter is used when there is a known error in either the draw or product temperature indication. The P_BIAS parameter is used when the actual draw pressure is not available as an input to the calculation. Example. If the column overhead pressure is used for PRESS_PT, then P_BIAS is set equal to the pressure change between the column overhead and the draw location. Additive Laboratory Bias. The freeze point program biases the calculated freeze point temperature using the parameters LAB_BIAS(2) for additive biasing. Only the additive bias, LAB_BIAS(2), is used dynamically and is expected to be updated manually or with a laboratory results interface package. Both PVCALC and CALC_VAL(1) contain the biased calculated freeze point temperatures. The unbiased freeze is not reported. For unbiased calculated results set LAB_BIAS(2) = 0.0 Freeze Point Calculation Revision Biases in the Freeze Point Program

164 Tuning Parameters If there is a sustained offset between the calculated and laboratory freeze points even with the use of the biasing, the following parameters can be adjusted. Parameter T_BIAS LAB_BIAS(1) Suggested Adjustment Increasing the temperature additive bias increase the calculated freeze point value. Increasing the multiplicative bias decreases the calculated freeze point value. (This bias is applied to the calculated mole fraction) Temperature Bias [T_BIAS] If the vapor temperature at the draw tray is not directly measured, then the input temperature may be biased to give the approximate vapor temperature. The vapor temperature is corrected for pressure to determine the EFV temperature. The EFV temperature is then converted to the TBP (True Boiling Point) temperature. Multiplicative Bias [LAB_BAIS(1)] The mole fraction of hydrocarbon vapor which is in equilibrium with the hydrocarbon product is calculated using the internal reflux, all product coming off the column above the draw tray and above (to the column overhead), and inert material. The multiplicative bias is applied to the mole fraction. The mole fraction is used to determine the partial pressure of the hydrocarbon vapor which is used to determine the EFV temperature. The EFV temperature is then converted to the desired TBP temperature. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Tuning Parameters

165 Algorithms Conversion of Engineering Units. The input process flows can have any units, but the conversion factors must be configured to yield consistent MASS flow units, as shown in Equation 1: flow(i) = FLOW_PT(i).PV * CONV_FAC(i) Where: flow(i) FLOW_PT(i).PV CONV_FAC(i) = Process flow i converted to MASS for internal use = Input process flow i in any units = Conversion for flow i from input units to MASS units Equation 1 The input process pressure can have any units. However, the conversion factor must be configured to yield psi, as shown in Equation 2: press = ( (PRESS_PT.PV +P_BIAS) *CONV_FAC(11) ) + atm_pres Where: press PRESS_PT.PV P_BIAS CONV_FAC(11) atm_pres = Process pressure converted to psia for internal use = Input process pressure in any gauge units = Bias to input pressure in input gauge units = Conversion factor for pressure from input units to psi = Atmospheric pressure in psi and When: ENG_PAR(2) <= 0 then (atm_pres = ) else ( atm_pres = ENG_PAR(2) * CONV_FAC(11) ) Equation 2 Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Algorithms

166 Algorithms (Continued) Freeze Point Calculation. The freeze point is calculated from process inputs using the Honeywell freeze point calculation, as shown in Equation 3: frez_pnt = Function[draw_t, press, prod_char] Where: frez_pnt = Calculated freeze point press = Draw pressure draw_t = Draw temperature prod_char = Material characterization (gravity and Watson K) Equation 3 Biasing. One bias factor is provided to reduce the offset between the inferential freeze point and a laboratory or on-line analysis-determined freeze point. The additive bias is used, as shown in Equation 4: bias_freeze = frez_pnt + LAB_BIAS(2) Where: bias_freeze frez_pnt LAB_BIAS(2) = Biased freeze point = Calculated freeze point = Additive laboratory bias Equation 4 Freeze Point Calculation Revision Algorithms

167 Installation Procedure This document describes the installation procedure for FREZ_PNT on the TDC 3000 System AM. This section covers the following topics: Preparation for Installation CDS and PL Installation Building Freeze Point Calculation Point Configuration Graphics Installation. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Installation Procedure

168 Preparation for Installation Step Gather media Make media backup Action Gather the following items: Removable media containing the directory FREZ Commissioning Worksheet Make a backup copy of media/directory on a US with drives n and m configured as follows: Media: FCOPY $Fn $Fm Directory only: CD $Fm>vol_dir> FREZ COPY $Fn>FREZ>*.* $Fm>FREZ>= -V -D Where $Fn is the drive with the source media and $Fm is the drive with the target media Freeze Point Calculation Revision Preparation for Installation

169 CDS and PL Installation This procedure must be done once per LCN installation. Step Set volume pathnames Compile FREZ_CDS.CL Parameter list Action From Modify Volume Paths display: CL CUSTOM GDF: NET>CDSG> USER DEFLT PATH: $Fn>FREZ From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, FREZ_CDS: CL $Fn>CDS>FREZ_CDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry There is no parameter list for the standard freeze calculation package Freeze Point Calculation Revision CDS and PL Installation

170 Building Freeze Point Calculation Point A calculation point is required for each hydrocarbon freeze point calculated. Step Modify Exception Build file, FREZ_PNT.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>FREZ_PNT.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" PERIOD = as required From the Builder Commands display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>EB Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: FREZ_PNT.EB Pathname for IDF file: FREZ_PNT.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button Freeze Point Calculation Revision Building Freeze Point Calculation Point

171 Configuration Graphics Installation Graphics must be compiled and installed once per LCN. Step Go to Picture Editor Load DDB Read FREZ_CFG Verify and Compile Copy FREZ_CFG.DO to graphics directory Action Enter the Picture Editor, one of two ways: From the Engineering Main Menu select the PICTURE EDITOR target OR From the Command Processor command line type PE [ENTER] Load Global variable definition file, DDB: L $Fn>PICS>DDB [ENTER] Read in the picture file, FREZ_CFG R $Fn>FREZ>FREZ_CFG [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete compile the picture: COM [ENTER] From the Command Processor display: COPY $Fn>FREZ>FREZ_CFG.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path Freeze Point Calculation Revision Configuration Graphics Installation

172 Configure Calculation Point Configuration of the calculation point can be done either through the graphic FREZ_CFG or through direct entry to the CDS ports on the Point Detail display. Use of the configuration graphic is recommended. Setup of the calculation point requires the following steps: Graphic or Non Graphic Configuration of Freeze Point Calculation Point Linking CL Program. Notes: Configuration errors may occur if associated points are deleted. To correct this problem, the AO files must be unlinked and then relinked to reestablish dynamic indirection. Link errors may occur, when an improper point type is configured in a CDS parameter. This is caused by a missing parameter. A null point containing all required parameters can be used in the configuration for linking purposes only. After the CL is linked, the desired point is then entered into the proper CDS location. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Configure Calculation Point

173 Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG Each entry port on the freeze configuration graphic, FREZ_CFG, is described below: Graphic FREZ_CFG Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG

174 Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG (Continued) Selection Port Parameter Action Calculation Point -- Enter the freeze calculation point name. Number of Streams ENGPAR(1) Enter the number of tower streams desired. Product Location ENGPAR(3) Enter the array location of the product stream within the listing of unit streams. Gain on EFV Value LAB_BIAS(1) Enter the number to use as the freeze multiplicative bias. This bias and should be set to 1.0 if not used. Mole fraction correction. Gain Filter (min) FILTER(15) Enter the multiplicative bias filter time in minuets. Additive Calc Bias LAB_BIAS(2) Enter the additive bias value. This value is used to eliminate offset between the calculation and the laboratory results. Additive Filter (min) FILTER(16) Enter the additive bias filter time in minutes. Mole Frac Filter FILTER(17) Enter a filter time to be applied to the calculated mole fraction in minutes. Gravity Units CONV_FAC(13) Select the input gravity units. [API] [SPGR] Gravity Pnt Filter FILTER(11) Enter a filter time which is applied to each gravity input in minutes. Watson K Pnt Filter FILTER(12) Enter a filter time which is applied to each Watson K factor input in minutes. Temperature Units CONV_FAC(12) Select the input temperature units. [DEG F] [DEG C] Temperature Pnt TEMP_PT Enter the name of the draw temperature point. Temperature Bias T_BIAS Enter the number for the material draw temperature bias. Temp Filter FILTER(13) Enter the number for the material draw temperature filter. Pressure Pnt PRESS_PT Enter the name for the draw pressure point. Pressure Bias P_BIAS Enter the number for the material draw pressure bias. Pressure Filter FILTER(14) Enter the number for the material draw pressure filter. Atmospheric Press ENGPAR(2) Enter the atmospheric pressure in input units OR 0.0 for for psi units. The program will handle either entry correctly. Press Conv Factor CONV_FAC(11) Enter the conversion factor to convert input pressure units to psi. Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG

175 Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG (Continued) There can be a maximum of ten stream points configured for the freeze calculation. The configuration zone for these flows is located at the bottom of the configuration graphic. The page forward and back keys on the TDC 3000 keyboard step through the setup zones. The stream configuration zones are indexes off of the # of Prod Flows parameter at the top left of the configuration graphic. The graphic displays only the number of product stream configurations indicated by # of Prod Flows, this will be from 1 to 10. Depending on the selected configuration the zone will alter to guide the user to the required input information. If the user would like the calculation to determine the streams molecular weight, then the following change zone is presented. Selection Port Parameter Description Envelope Flow Pnt FLOW_PT(i) Enter the desired stream input point. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(i) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to consistent mass units. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(i) Enter the stream filter in minutes. Molecular Weight [CALC] [USER] ENGPAR(3+i) Select the desired method for determining the stream molecular weight. Strm in Numerator [YES] [NO] NUMER(i) Select whether the configured stream is to be used in the numerator and denominator or within the denominator only. Stream Gravity Pnt GRAV_PT(i) Enter the name of the gravity point which corresponds to the configured stream. Stream Watson K Pnt WATK_PT(i) Enter the name of the Watson K point which corresponds to the configured stream. Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG

176 Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG (Continued) If the user provides the molecular weight for the current stream the configuration zone will alter to provide the new entry port. Selection Port Parameter Description Envelope Flow Pnt FLOW_PT(i) Enter the desired stream input point. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(i) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to consistent volume/mass units. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(i) Enter the stream filter in minutes. Molecular Weight [CALC] [USER] Strm in Numerator [YES] [NO] ENGPAR(3+i) NUMER(i) MOLWT(i) Select the desired method for determining the stream molecular weight. Select whether the configured stream is to be used in the numerator and denominator or within the denominator only. Enter the molecular weight for the configured stream. Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic FREZ_CFG

177 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry If the configuration graphic is not used, then the configuration data must be entered directly onto the calculation point. The required calculation point information and associated parameter are listed below. Parameter Description Comments PRESS_PT Tagname of source for process Use bias in P_BIAS if the pressure is pressure not located at the draw tray. TEMP_PT FLOW_PT(1) FLOW_PT(2) FLOW_PT(3) FLOW_PT(4) FLOW_PT(5) FLOW_PT(6) FLOW_PT(7) FLOW_PT(8) FLOW_PT(9) FLOW_PT(10) GRAV_PT(1) GRAV_PT(2) GRAV_PT(3) Tagname of source for stripper feed temperature Tagname of source for 1 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 2 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 3 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 4 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 5 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 6 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 7 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 8 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 9 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 10 stream flow rate Tagname of input gravity 1 which corresponds to stream 1 Tagname of input gravity 2 which corresponds to stream 2 Tagname of input gravity 3 which corresponds to stream 3 Use bias in T_BIAS if the temperature is not located on the draw tray. Must have 1 internal liquid stream. Must have 1 internal vapor stream or use the overhead unit streams. Required only if more than 2 product stream exists. Required only if more than 3 product stream exists. Required only if more than 4 product stream exists. Required only if more than 5 product stream exists. Required only if more than 6 product stream exists. Required only if more than 7 product stream exists. Required only if more than 8 product stream exists. Required only if more than 9 product stream exists. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

178 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments GRAV_PT(4) Tagname of input gravity 4 which corresponds to stream 4 If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. GRAV_PT(5) GRAV_PT(6) GRAV_PT(7) GRAV_PT(8) GRAV_PT(9) Tagname of input gravity 5 which corresponds to stream 5 Tagname of input gravity 6 which corresponds to stream 6 Tagname of input gravity 7 which corresponds to stream 7 Tagname of input gravity 8 which corresponds to stream 8 Tagname of input gravity 9 which corresponds to stream 9 GRAV_PT(10) Tagname of input gravity 10 which corresponds to stream 10 WATK_PT(1) Tagname of input Watson K 1 which corresponds to stream 1 WATK_PT(2) Tagname of input Watson K 2 which corresponds to stream 2 If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

179 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments WATK_PT(3) Tagname of input Watson K 3 which corresponds to stream 3 WATK_PT(4) Tagname of input Watson K 4 which corresponds to stream 4 WATK_PT(5) Tagname of input Watson K 5 which corresponds to stream 5 WATK_PT(6) Tagname of input Watson K 6 which corresponds to stream 6 WATK_PT(7) Tagname of input Watson K 7 which corresponds to stream 7 WATK_PT(8) Tagname of input Watson K 8 which corresponds to stream 8 WATK_PT(9) Tagname of input Watson K 9 which corresponds to stream 9 Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

180 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments WATK_PT(10) Tagname of input Watson K 10 which corresponds to stream 10 T_BIAS Additive bias to the draw temperature Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Same units as TEMP_PT. P_BIAS Additive bias to draw pressure Same units as PRESS_PT. ENGPAR(1) Number of input stream flow rates (2.0 < ENGPAR(2) <= 10.0) Number of stream flows must match # of entries reflected in FLOW_PT(1..10). ENGPAR(2) Local atmospheric pressure (a value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) Same units as PRESS_PT. ENGPAR(3) ENGPAR(4) ENGPAR(5) ENGPAR(6) ENGPAR(7) ENGPAR(8) ENGPAR(9) ENGPAR(10) ENGPAR(11) Location of product stream within the configured streams Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 1 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 2 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 3 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 4 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 5 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 6 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 7 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 8 is calculated or supplied The number must be within the configured number of streams. 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

181 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments ENGPAR(12) Indicates if the molecular weight 0 => Calculated for stream 9 is calculated or supplied 1 => User supplied ENGPAR(13) Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 10 is calculated or supplied ENGPAR(15) Flag to set calculation BAD: 0 => Do not set BAD ; 1 => Set calculation BAD FILTER(1) Filter time for input stream 1 flow rate. FILTER(2) Filter time for input stream 2 flow rate. FILTER(3) Filter time for input stream 3 flow rate. FILTER(4) Filter time for input stream 4 flow rate. FILTER(5) Filter time for input stream 5 flow rate. FILTER(6) Filter time for input stream 6 flow rate. FILTER(7) Filter time for input stream 7 flow rate. FILTER(8) Filter time for input stream 8 flow rate. FILTER(9) Filter time for input stream 9 flow rate. FILTER(10) Filter time for input stream 10 flow rate. 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied This input allows the calculation to be set bad by Engineering request. Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes FILTER(11) Filter time for the gravity inputs. Minutes FILTER(12) Filter time for the Watson K Minutes inputs. FILTER(13) Filter time for the input Minutes temperature. FILTER(14) Filter time for the input pressure. Minutes FILTER(15) Filter time for the multiplicative Minutes bias value. FILTER(16) Filter time for the additive bias Minutes value. FILTER(17) Filter time for the calculated mole fraction. Minutes Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

182 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative bias applied to the Used to bias proportionally. mole fraction. LAB_BIAS(2) Additive laboratory bias to Same units as TEMP_PT. calculated freeze point NUMER(1) Indicates if stream 1 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator NUMER(2) NUMER(3) NUMER(4) NUMER(5) NUMER(6) NUMER(7) NUMER(8) NUMER(9) NUMER(10) CONV_FAC(1) CONV_FAC(2) Indicates if stream 2 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 3 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 4 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 5 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 6 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 7 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 8 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 9 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 10 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Stream 1 (FLOW_PT(1)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 2 (FLOW_PT(2)) multiplicative flow conversion factor 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Continued Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

183 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments CONV_FAC(3) Stream 3 (FLOW_PT(3)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Convert input units to consistent mass units. CONV_FAC(4) CONV_FAC(5) CONV_FAC(6) CONV_FAC(7) CONV_FAC(8) CONV_FAC(9) CONV_FAC(10) Stream 4 (FLOW_PT(4)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 5 (FLOW_PT(5)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 6 (FLOW_PT(6)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 7 (FLOW_PT(7)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 8 (FLOW_PT(8)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 9 (FLOW_PT(9)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 10 (FLOW_PT(10)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

184 Link CL Programs Step Link FREZ_PNT Activate point Verify Operation Action From the Command Processor Display: LK $Fn>AO>FREZ_PNT point_name [ENTER] Call up the point detail and activate the point, or activate from FREZ_CFG graphic. Verify that FREZ_PNT is running without any CL errors. Freeze Point Calculation Revision Link CL Programs

185 Freeze Point Calculation Revision Appendix A Engineer s Detailed Description

186 Freeze Point Calculation Revision Appendix A Engineer s Detailed Description

187 Advanced Control Package Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Controlled May, 1995 Revision 3.0 Honeywell Hi-Spec Solutions N. Black Canyon Hwy. Phoenix, AZ 85023

188 Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision 3.0 Revision History

189 Table of Contents Overview...1 Acronym List...3 Hardware and Software Requirements...4 Instrumentation (Process Inputs)...5 Process Diagram...6 Detailed Description...7 Point Structure...8 Process Inputs...9 Configuration Inputs...13 Calculation Outputs...23 Error Codes...28 Diagnostic Location Error Codes...29 Diagnostic Error Codes...30 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued)...33 Configuration and Tuning...34 Biases in the Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation...35 Tuning Parameters...37 Algorithms...38 Algorithms...39 Installation Procedure...41 Preparation for Installation...42 Custom Data Segment (CDS) and Parameter List (PL) Installation...43 Building Liquid/Vapor Calculation Point...44 Configuration Graphics Installation...45 Configure Calculation Point...46 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG...47 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry...57 Link CL Programs...A1 Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision 3.0 Contents

190

191 Overview Definition. Internal liquid and vapor flow rates are the estimated internal mass flow rates of liquid and vapor leaving a tray in a distillation column. Application. The internal liquid and vapor flow rates are important inputs necessary to calculate the inferential physical properties (such as, cut point/freeze/pour point) of a distillation column s product stream and also can be used to estimate flooding conditions. Calculation. The liquid/vapor calculation program calculates the internal liquid/vapor flows based on: Process inputs: Characterization inputs: Calculated values: Temperatures, pressures, and flows Watson K and gravity Hydrocarbon stream enthalpies, internal vapor heat, internal net accumulated heat, internal hydrocarbon vapor mass flow, and internal liquid hydrocarbon mass flow. A heat balance is used to determine the internal liquid flow which allows a material balance to be used to determine the internal vapor flow. Incentive. 1. To provide inputs for inferential property calculations of hydrocarbon products. 2. To provide inputs for distillation column flooding calculations. 3. To provide a real-time input for use in advanced control applications.?? Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Overview

192 A quick method for estimating the range of the internal liquid flow is to use the closest pumparound or reflux flow above the point in the tower where the internal liquid flow is to be calculated. The range for the internal vapor flow can be estimated by summing up the overhead product flow, all side product flows and pumparound flows above the tray being analyzed, and added in the estimated internal liquid flow. Note: The results of this method are only an approximation of the internal flows and should evaluated using good engineering judgment and previous experience.?? Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Overview

193 Acronym List Term Application Module Local Control Network Universal Station control language process variable custom data segment pounds per square inch Parameter List CL object code file extension Universal Control Network thousands of pounds per hour pounds per square inch gauge Acronym AM LCN US CL PV CDS psi PL AO UCN MPPH psig Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Acronym List

194 Hardware and Software Requirements Requirement Hardware Platform Special Boards Other Computing Systems LCN Release AM Load Modules US Load Modules Other Packages Other Control Applications Software Inputs TDC 3000 AM None None Release 300 or later None None None Description None Gravities and Watson K factors inputs must exist as points on the LCN Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Hardware and Software Requirements

195 Instrumentation (Process Inputs) Process Input 1 Required Recommended All input stream flow rates X All input stream temperatures X Hydrocarbon input stream pressures X Stripping steam pressure X 1 Required inputs can sometimes be obtained by inference. However, calculations based upon inferred data can be less accurate than calculations based upon direct readings. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Instrumentation (Process Inputs)

196 Process Diagram P23 T4 FC1 Envelope 1 FUEL GAS FC2 NAPHTHA Envelope 2 FC3 T52 T32 F21 FC4 STEAM T31 FC5 TOWER KEROSENE T11 FC6 FC7 STEAM DIESEL T29 FC8 F22 FC9 STEAM T30 F1 GAS OIL STEAM F11 T1 RESID. FEED F10 Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Process Diagram

197 Detailed Description The tables in this section describe the following liquid/vapor calculation program architecture: Point Structure Process Inputs Configuration Inputs Calculation Outputs. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Detailed Description

198 Point Structure Point Structure Point Type AM Regulatory PV_Type CL CTL_Type NONE Custom Data Segment LANDVCDS.CL Algorithm LANDVGEN.CL Insertion Point PV_ALG Slot 5 Output The calculated internal liquid mass flow is displayed as the point s PV. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Structure

199 Process Inputs Process Inputs Critical 2 Parameter Description Units Yes No CALC_PT(1) Tagname for QNET input from another Mass units * X envelope calculation MBTU/Lb CALC_PT(2) Tagname for QNET input from another envelope calculation Mass units * MBTU/Lb FLOW_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(12) Tagname for stream 12 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(13) Tagname for stream 13 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(14) Tagname for stream 14 flow input Any flow units FLOW_PT(15) Tagname for stream 15 flow input Any flow units GRAV_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 gravity API or S.G. GRAV_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 gravity API or S.G. GRAV_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 gravity API or S.G. GRAV_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 gravity API or S.G. GRAV_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 gravity API or S.G. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Continued 2 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Process Inputs

200 Process Inputs (Continued) Process Inputs Critical 3 Parameter Description Units Yes No GRAV_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(12) Tagname for stream 12 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(13) Tagname for stream 13 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(14) Tagname for stream 14 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(15) Tagname for stream 15 gravity API or S.G. X GRAV_PT(16) Tagname for internal liquid gravity API or S.G. X PRESS_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(12) Tagname for stream 12 pressure input Any pressure units X Continued 3 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Process Inputs

201 Process Inputs (Continued) Process Inputs Critical 4 Parameter Description Units Yes No PRESS_PT(13) Tagname for stream 13 pressure input Any pressure units X PRESS_PT(14) Tagname for stream 14 pressure input Any pressure units PRESS_PT(15) Tagname for stream 15 pressure input Any pressure units PRESS_PT(16) Tagname of pressure input for internal vapor TEMP_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(12) Tagname for stream 12 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(13) Tagname for stream 13 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(14) Tagname for stream 14 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(15) Tagname for stream 15 temperature input F or C TEMP_PT(16) TEMP_PT(17) Tagname for temperature of internal liquid at envelope conditions Tagname for temperature of internal vapor at envelope conditions Any pressure units F or C F or C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Continued 4 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Process Inputs

202 Process Inputs (Continued). Process Inputs Critical 5 Parameter Description Units Yes No WATK_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(12) Tagname for stream 12 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(13) Tagname for stream 13 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(14) Tagname for stream 14 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(15) Tagname for stream 15 Watson K factor None WATK_PT(16) Tagname for internal liquid Watson K factor None X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 5 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Process Inputs

203 Configuration Inputs Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units B1(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient A N/A B1(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient A N/A B1(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient A N/A B1(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient A N/A B1(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient A N/A B2(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient B N/A B2(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient B N/A B2(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient B N/A B2(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient B N/A B2(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient B N/A B3(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient C N/A B3(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient C N/A B3(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient C N/A B3(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient C N/A B3(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient C N/A B4(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient D N/A B4(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient D N/A B4(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient D N/A B4(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient D N/A B4(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient D N/A B5(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient E N/A B5(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient E N/A B5(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient E N/A B5(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient E N/A B5(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient E N/A B6(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient F N/A B6(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient F N/A B6(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient F N/A B6(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient F N/A B6(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient F N/A CALC_DIR(1) Indicates if stream 1 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) N/A CALC_DIR(2) Indicates if stream 2 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) N/A Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

204 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units CALC_DIR(3) Indicates if stream 3 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) N/A CALC_DIR(4) CALC_DIR(5) CALC_DIR(6) CALC_DIR(7) CALC_DIR(8) CALC_DIR(9) Indicates if stream 4 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) Indicates if stream 5 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) Indicates if stream 6 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) Indicates if stream 7 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) Indicates if stream 8 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) Indicates if stream 9 is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) CALC_DIR(10) Indicates if stream 10 is entering or leaving the envelope (- 1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) CALC_DIR(11) Indicates if stream 11 is entering or leaving the envelope (- 1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) CALC_DIR(12) Indicates if stream 12 is entering or leaving the envelope (- 1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) CALC_DIR(13) Indicates if stream 13 is entering or leaving the envelope (- 1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) CALC_DIR(14) Indicates if stream 14 is entering or leaving the envelope (- 1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) CALC_DIR(15) Indicates if stream 15 is entering or leaving the envelope (- 1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) CALC_DIR(16) CALC_DIR(17) Indicates if calculated internal liquid is entering or leaving the envelope (-1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope) Indicates calculation direction (-1.0 => from bottom up; 1.0 => from top down) CONV_FAC(1) Stream 1 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(2) Stream 2 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(3) Stream 3 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(4) Stream 4 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH Continued N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

205 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units CONV_FAC(5) Stream 5 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(6) Stream 6 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(7) Stream 7 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(8) Stream 8 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(9) Stream 9 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(10) Stream 10 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(11) Stream 11 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(12) Stream 12 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(13) Stream 13 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(14) Stream 14 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(15) Stream 15 multiplicative flow conversion factor From input units to MPPH CONV_FAC(16) Input temperature unit flag; 0 => F; 1 => C N/A CONV_FAC(17) Pressure multiplicative conversion factor From input units to psig CONV_FAC(18) Input gravity type flag : 0 => API; 1 => Specific gravity N/A CONV_FAC(19) Conversion factor for calculated internal liquid mass flow From MPPH to desired units ENGPAR(1) Number of input flow streams (0.0 < ENGPAR(1) <= 15.0) N/A ENGPAR(2) Local atmospheric pressure (a value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(3) Envelope heat loss MBTU/Lb * Mass Units Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

206 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units ENGPAR(4) Flag to force calculation BAD (0 => Do not set BAD; 1 => Set calculation BAD) N/A ENGPAR(5) Not used N/A ENGPAR(6) Not used N/A ENGPAR(7) Not used N/A ENGPAR(8) Not used N/A ENGPAR(9) Not used N/A ENGPAR(10) Not used N/A FILTER(1) Stream 1 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(2) Stream 2 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(3) Stream 3 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(4) Stream 4 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(5) Stream 5 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(6) Stream 6 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(7) Stream 7 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(8) Stream 8 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(9) Stream 9 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(10) Stream 10 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(11) Stream 11 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(12) Stream 12 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(13) Stream 13 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(14) Stream 14 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(15) Stream 15 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(16) Stream 1 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(17) Stream 2 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(18) Stream 3 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(19) Stream 4 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(20) Stream 5 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(21) Stream 6 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(22) Stream 7 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(23) Stream 8 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(24) Stream 9 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(25) Stream 10 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(26) Stream 11 temperature input filter time Minutes Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

207 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units FILTER(27) Stream 12 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(28) Stream 13 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(29) Stream 14 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(30) Stream 15 temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(31) Internal liquid temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(32) Internal vapor temperature input filter time Minutes FILTER(33) Stream 1 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(34) Stream 2 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(35) Stream 3 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(36) Stream 4 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(37) Stream 5 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(38) Stream 6 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(39) Stream 7 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(40) Stream 8 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(41) Stream 9 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(42) Stream 10 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(43) Stream 11 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(44) Stream 12 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(45) Stream 13 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(46) Stream 14 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(47) Stream 15 pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(48) Internal vapor pressure input filter time Minutes FILTER(49) Stream 1 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(50) Stream 2 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(51) Stream 3 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(52) Stream 4 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(53) Stream 5 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(54) Stream 6 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(55) Stream 7 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(56) Stream 8 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(57) Stream 9 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(58) Stream 10 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(59) Stream 11 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(60) Stream 12 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(61) Stream 13 gravity input filter time Minutes Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

208 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units FILTER(62) Stream 14 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(63) Stream 15 gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(64) Internal liquid gravity input filter time Minutes FILTER(65) Stream 1 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(66) Stream 2 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(67) Stream 3 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(68) Stream 4 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(69) Stream 5 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(70) Stream 6 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(71) Stream 7 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(72) Stream 8 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(73) Stream 9 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(74) Stream 10 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(75) Stream 11 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(76) Stream 12 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(77) Stream 13 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(78) Stream 14 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(79) Stream 15 Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(80) Internal liquid Watson K input filter time Minutes FILTER(81) Filter time for QNET input from another envelope calculation Minutes FILTER(82) Stream 1 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(83) Stream 2 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(84) Stream 3 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(85) Stream 4 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(86) Stream 5 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(87) Stream 6 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(88) Stream 7 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(89) Stream 8 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(90) Stream 9 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(91) Stream 10 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(92) Stream 11 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(93) Stream 12 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(94) Stream 13 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

209 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units FILTER(95) Stream 14 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes FILTER(96) Stream 15 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes P_BIAS(1) Stream 1 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(1) P_BIAS(2) Stream 2 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(2) P_BIAS(3) Stream 3 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(3) P_BIAS(4) Stream 4 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(4) P_BIAS(5) Stream 5 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(5) P_BIAS(6) Stream 6 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(6) P_BIAS(7) Stream 7 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(7) P_BIAS(8) Stream 8 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(8) P_BIAS(9) Stream 9 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(9) P_BIAS(10) Stream 10 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(10) P_BIAS(11) Stream 11 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(11) P_BIAS(12) Stream 12 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(12) P_BIAS(13) Stream 13 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(13) P_BIAS(14) Stream 14 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(14) P_BIAS(15) Stream 15 pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(15) P_BIAS(16) Internal vapor pressure input additive bias Same as PRESS_PT(16) QTYPE(1) Stream 1 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) N/A QTYPE(2) Stream 2 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) N/A Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

210 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units QTYPE(3) Stream 3 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) N/A QTYPE(4) QTYPE(5) QTYPE(6) QTYPE(7) QTYPE(8) QTYPE(9) QTYPE(10) QTYPE(11) QTYPE(12) QTYPE(13) QTYPE(14) QTYPE(15) QTYPE(16) Stream 4 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 5 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 6 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 7 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 8 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 9 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 10 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 11 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 12 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 13 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 14 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 15 type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Internal liquid type for QNET calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) T_BIAS(1) Stream 1 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(1) T_BIAS(2) Stream 2 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(2) T_BIAS(3) Stream 3 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(3) T_BIAS(4) Stream 4 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(4) T_BIAS(5) Stream 5 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(5) Continued N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

211 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units T_BIAS(6) Stream 6 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(6) T_BIAS(7) Stream 7 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(7) T_BIAS(8) Stream 8 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(8) T_BIAS(9) Stream 9 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(9) T_BIAS(10) Stream 10 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(10) T_BIAS(11) Stream 11 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(11) T_BIAS(12) Stream 12 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(12) T_BIAS(13) Stream 13 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(13) T_BIAS(14) Stream 14 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(14) T_BIAS(15) Stream 15 temperature input additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(15) T_BIAS(16) Internal liquid temperature additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(16) T_BIAS(17) Internal vapor temperature additive bias Same as TEMP_PT(17) VTYPE(1) Stream 1 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) N/A VTYPE(2) VTYPE(3) VTYPE(4) VTYPE(5) VTYPE(6) VTYPE(7) Stream 2 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 3 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 4 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 5 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 6 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 7 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

212 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units VTYPE(8) Stream 8 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) N/A VTYPE(9) VTYPE(10) VTYPE(11) VTYPE(12) VTYPE(13) VTYPE(14) VTYPE(15) VTYPE(16) Stream 9 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 10 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 11 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 12 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 13 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 14 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Stream 15 type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) Internal liquid type for QVAP calculation (0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

213 Calculation Outputs Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units CALC_VAL(1) Calculated internal liquid flow rate Mass units CALC_VAL(2) Calculated internal vapor flow rate Mass units CALC_VAL(3) Difference between the internal vapor flow and the internal liquid flow Mass units CALC_VAL(4) Calculated QNET value MBTU/Lb * Mass units CALC_VAL(5) Calculated QVAP value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(1) Stream 1 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(2) Stream 2 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(3) Stream 3 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(4) Stream 4 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(5) Stream 5 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(6) Stream 6 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(7) Stream 7 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(8) Stream 8 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(9) Stream 9 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(10) Stream 10 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(11) Stream 11 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(12) Stream 12 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(13) Stream 13 flow input filtered value None FILT_VAL(14) Stream 14 flow input filtered value None FILT_VAL(15) Stream 15 flow input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(16) Stream 1 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(17) Stream 2 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(18) Stream 3 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(19) Stream 4 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(20) Stream 5 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(21) Stream 6 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(22) Stream 7 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(23) Stream 8 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(24) Stream 9 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(25) Stream 10 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(26) Stream 11 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(27) Stream 12 temperature input filtered value Input units Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

214 Calculation Outputs (Continued) Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units FILT_VAL(28) Stream 13 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(29) Stream 14 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(30) Stream 15 temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(31) Internal liquid temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(32) Internal vapor temperature input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(33) Stream 1 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(34) Stream 2 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(35) Stream 3 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(36) Stream 4 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(37) Stream 5 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(38) Stream 6 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(39) Stream 7 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(40) Stream 8 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(41) Stream 9 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(42) Stream 10 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(43) Stream 11 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(44) Stream 12 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(45) Stream 13 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(46) Stream 14 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(47) Stream 15 pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(48) Internal vapor pressure input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(49) Stream 1 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(50) Stream 2 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(51) Stream 3 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(52) Stream 4 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(53) Stream 5 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(54) Stream 6 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(55) Stream 7 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(56) Stream 8 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(57) Stream 9 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(58) Stream 10 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(59) Stream 11 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(60) Stream 12 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(61) Stream 13 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(62) Stream 14 gravity input filtered value Input units Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

215 Calculation Outputs (Continued) Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units FILT_VAL(63) Stream 15 gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(64) Internal liquid gravity input filtered value Input units FILT_VAL(65) Stream 1 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(66) Stream 2 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(67) Stream 3 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(68) Stream 4 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(69) Stream 5 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(70) Stream 6 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(71) Stream 7 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(72) Stream 8 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(73) Stream 9 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(74) Stream 10 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(75) Stream 11 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(76) Stream 12 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(77) Stream 13 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(78) Stream 14 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(79) Stream 15 Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(80) Internal liquid Watson K input filtered value N/A FILT_VAL(81) QNET input from another envelope calculation filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(82) Stream 1 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(83) Stream 2 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(84) Stream 3 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(85) Stream 4 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(86) Stream 5 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(87) Stream 6 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(88) Stream 7 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(89) Stream 8 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

216 Calculation Outputs (Continued) Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units FILT_VAL(90) Stream 9 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(91) Stream 10 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(92) Stream 11 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(93) Stream 12 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(94) Stream 13 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(95) Stream 14 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units FILT_VAL(96) Stream 15 calculated dynamic heat effect filtered value MBTU/Lb * Mass units PVCALC Calculated internal liquid flow rate User Defined QNETENTH(1) Stream 1 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(2) Stream 2 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(3) Stream 3 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(4) Stream 4 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(5) Stream 5 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(6) Stream 6 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(7) Stream 7 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(8) Stream 8 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(9) Stream 9 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(10) Stream 10 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(11) Stream 11 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(12) Stream 12 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(13) Stream 13 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(14) Stream 14 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(15) Stream 15 calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QNETENTH(16) Internal liquid calculated enthalpy for QNET MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(1) Stream 1 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(2) Stream 2 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(3) Stream 3 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(4) Stream 4 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(5) Stream 5 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

217 Calculation Outputs (Continued) Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units QVAPENTH(6) Stream 6 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(7) Stream 7 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(8) Stream 8 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(9) Stream 9 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(10) Stream 10 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(11) Stream 11 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(12) Stream 12 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(13) Stream 13 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(14) Stream 14 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(15) Stream 15 calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb QVAPENTH(16) Internal liquid calculated enthalpy for QVAP MBTU/Lb REV_NO Program revision number N/A STATUS(1) Diagnostic indication of location and possible causes of program error N/A STATUS(2) Diagnostic indication of subroutine error N/A Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

218 Error Codes The tables in this section describe the following program error codes: Diagnostic location error codes Diagnostic error codes. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Error Codes

219 Diagnostic Location Error Codes Diagnostic Location Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(1) No errors 1.0 Stream 1 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 2.0 Stream 2 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 3.0 Stream 3 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 4.0 Stream 4 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 5.0 Stream 5 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 6.0 Stream 6 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 7.0 Stream 7 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 8.0 Stream 8 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 9.0 Stream 9 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 10.0 Stream 10 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 11.0 Stream 11 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 12.0 Stream 12 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 13.0 Stream 13 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 14.0 Stream 14 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") STATUS(1) Stream 15 has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 16.0 Internal vapor pressure input or an internal liquid input has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 17.0 Internal vapor temperature input has an error (see STATUS(2) "Diagnostic Error Codes") 6 STATUS(1) indicates the location of any errors in the calculation. 3 STATUS(1) indicates the location of any errors in the calculation. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Diagnostic Location Error Codes

220 Diagnostic Error Codes Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(2) The steam input temperature is below the steam saturation temperature 0.0 No errors 1.0 Set calculation BAD flag is on 2.0 Input number of streams is greater than Externally QNET input has a bad PV 4.0 A flow input (FLOW_PT(i)) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 5.0 A temperature input (TEMP_PT(i)) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 6.0 A pressure input (PRESS_PT(i)) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 7.0 A gravity input (GRAV_PT(i)) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 8.0 A Watson K factor input (WATK_PT(i)) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 9.0 A QNET input does not have a configured type (steam, gas, vapor, liquid) 10.0 A QVAP input does not have a configured type (steam, gas, vapor, liquid) 11.0 A configured type gas in not one of the first 5 inputs STATUS(2) Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the calculated enthalpy has a bad value 102 Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the temperature input has a bad value 103 Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the enthalpy coefficient A input has a bad value 104 Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the enthalpy coefficient B input has a bad value 105 Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the enthalpy coefficient C input has a bad value 106 Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the enthalpy coefficient D input has a bad value 107 Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the enthalpy coefficient E input has a bad value 7 STATUS(2) indicates errors in the calculation. 4 STATUS(2) indicates errors in the calculation. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

221 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(2) Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the enthalpy coefficient F input has a bad value 109 Stream is of type gas for QNET calculation and the temperature input is zero or negative 201 Stream is of type vapor for QNET calculation and the calculated enthalpy has a bad value 202 Stream is of type vapor for QNET calculation and the temperature input has a bad value 203 Stream is of type vapor for QNET calculation and the pressure input has a bad value 204 Stream is of type vapor for QNET calculation and the Watson K factor input has a bad value 205 Stream is of type vapor for QNET calculation and the specific gravity input to hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 206 Stream is of type vapor for QNET calculation and the type sent to the hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 207 Stream is of type vapor for QNET calculation and the atmospheric pressure sent to the hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 208 Stream is of type vapor for QNET calculation and the temperature input is out of range 301 Stream is of type liquid for QNET calculation and the calculated enthalpy has a bad value 302 Stream is of type liquid for QNET calculation and the temperature input has a bad value 303 Stream is of type liquid for QNET calculation and the pressure input has a bad value 304 Stream is of type liquid for QNET calculation and the Watson K factor input has a bad value 305 Stream is of type liquid for QNET calculation and the specific gravity input to hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 306 Stream is of type liquid for QNET calculation and the type sent to the hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 307 Stream is of type liquid for QNET calculation and the atmospheric pressure sent to the hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 308 Stream is of type liquid for QNET calculation and the temperature input is out of range 4 STATUS(2) indicates errors in the calculation. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

222 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning STATUS(2) Stream is of type steam for QNET calculation and the calculated superheated steam enthalpy has a bad value 402 Stream is of type steam for QNET calculation and the temperature input has a bad value 403 Stream is of type steam for QNET calculation and the pressure input has a bad value 404 Stream is of type steam for QNET calculation and the temperature input or pressure input is out of range 405 Stream is of type steam for QNET calculation and the calculated saturated steam enthalpy has a bad value 1101 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the calculated enthalpy has a bad value 1102 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the temperature input has a bad value 1103 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the enthalpy coefficient A input has a bad value 1104 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the enthalpy coefficient B input has a bad value 1105 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the enthalpy coefficient C input has a bad value 1106 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the enthalpy coefficient D input has a bad value 1107 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the enthalpy coefficient E input has a bad value 1108 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the enthalpy coefficient F input has a bad value 1109 Stream is of type gas for QVAP calculation and the temperature input is zero or negative 1201 Stream is of type vapor for QVAP calculation and the calculated enthalpy has a bad value 1202 Stream is of type vapor for QVAP calculation and the temperature input has a bad value 1203 Stream is of type vapor for QVAP calculation and the pressure input has a bad value 1204 Stream is of type vapor for QVAP calculation and the Watson K factor input has a bad value 1205 Stream is of type vapor for QVAP calculation and the specific gravity input to hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 4 STATUS(2) indicates errors in the calculation. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

223 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Meaning 1206 Stream is of type vapor for QVAP calculation and the type sent to the hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 1207 Stream is of type vapor for QVAP calculation and the atmospheric pressure sent to the hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 1208 Stream is of type vapor for QVAP calculation and the temperature input is out of range 1301 Stream is of type liquid for QVAP calculation and the calculated enthalpy has a bad value 1302 Stream is of type liquid for QVAP calculation and the temperature input has a bad value 1303 Stream is of type liquid for QVAP calculation and the pressure input has a bad value 1304 Stream is of type liquid for QVAP calculation and the Watson K factor input has a bad value 1305 Stream is of type liquid for QVAP calculation and the specific gravity input to hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 1306 Stream is of type liquid for QVAP calculation and the type sent to the hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 1307 Stream is of type liquid for QVAP calculation and the atmospheric pressure sent to the hydrocarbon enthalpy subroutine has a bad value 1308 Stream is of type liquid for QVAP calculation and the temperature input is out of range 1401 Stream is of type steam for QVAP calculation and the calculated superheated steam enthalpy has a bad value 1402 Stream is of type steam for QVAP calculation and the temperature input has a bad value 1403 Stream is of type steam for QVAP calculation and the pressure input has a bad value 1404 Stream is of type steam for QVAP calculation and the temperature input or pressure input is out of range 1405 Stream is of type steam for QVAP calculation and the calculated saturated steam enthalpy has a bad value Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

224 Configuration and Tuning This section describes the parameters and values used to configure and tune the package to a specific application. Biases Temperature Bias Pressure Bias. Tuning Envelope Heat Loss. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration and Tuning

225 Biases in the Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation The internal liquid/vapor calculation is equipped with the following additive biases: Input temperatures Input pressures. Parameter T_BIAS(1) T_BIAS(2) T_BIAS(3) T_BIAS(4) T_BIAS(5) T_BIAS(6) T_BIAS(7) T_BIAS(8) T_BIAS(9) T_BIAS(10) T_BIAS(11) T_BIAS(12) T_BIAS(13) T_BIAS(14) T_BIAS(15) T_BIAS(16) T_BIAS(17) P_BIAS(1) P_BIAS(2) P_BIAS(3) P_BIAS(4) P_BIAS(5) P_BIAS(6) P_BIAS(7) P_BIAS(8) P_BIAS(9) P_BIAS(10) P_BIAS(11) P_BIAS(12) P_BIAS(13) P_BIAS(14) P_BIAS(15) P_BIAS(16) Bias Parameters Description Stream 1 temperature input additive bias Stream 2 temperature input additive bias Stream 3 temperature input additive bias Stream 4 temperature input additive bias Stream 5 temperature input additive bias Stream 6 temperature input additive bias Stream 7 temperature input additive bias Stream 8 temperature input additive bias Stream 9 temperature input additive bias Stream 10 temperature input additive bias Stream 11 temperature input additive bias Stream 12 temperature input additive bias Stream 13 temperature input additive bias Stream 14 temperature input additive bias Stream 15 temperature input additive bias Internal liquid temperature additive bias Internal vapor temperature additive bias Stream 1 pressure input additive bias Stream 2 pressure input additive bias Stream 3 pressure input additive bias Stream 4 pressure input additive bias Stream 5 pressure input additive bias Stream 6 pressure input additive bias Stream 7 pressure input additive bias Stream 8 pressure input additive bias Stream 9 pressure input additive bias Stream 10 pressure input additive bias Stream 11 pressure input additive bias Stream 12 pressure input additive bias Stream 13 pressure input additive bias Stream 14 pressure input additive bias Stream 15 pressure input additive bias Internal vapor pressure input additive bias Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Biases in the Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation

226 Biases in the Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Pressure and Temperature Bias. The pressure biases (P_BIAS) and temperature biases (T_BIAS) are added to the input values before doing any unit conversions and should be entered in the same units as the input pressures and temperatures. The T_BIAS parameters are used when there is a known error in the temperature indicator(s) or when a vapor temperature is required and only the liquid temperature is available. The P_BIAS parameter is used when the actual stream pressure is not available as an input to the calculation. Example. In the case where the pressure in needed on the top product draw tray and the only pressure available is the column overhead pressure the P_BIAS is set equal to the estimated pressure drop from the top product draw tray to the top of the column. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Biases in the Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation

227 Tuning Parameters If the internal liquid flow does not decrease or the internal vapor flow does not increase from the top of the column to the flash zone, then the envelope heat loss (QLOSS) can be adjusted to bring the internal liquid and vapor flows in align with each other. Note: The liquid-to-vapor ratio should also decrease from the top of the column down. Envelope Heat Loss [ENGPAR(3)] An envelope is drawn around the section of the tower or column where the internal liquid and vapor flows are desired. A heat balance is done to determine the internal liquid flow. A material balance, including the internal liquid flow, is used to determine the internal vapor flow. The envelope heat loss (QLOSS) is used to adjust the heat balance and, therefore, the internal liquid flow. The relation is: internal_liq = f(heat_bal + envelope heat loss) QLOSS is not carried with the previous envelopes Qnet. Therefore QLOSS should always increase as you move down the tower. Note: The heat loss only affects the internal liquid and vapor flows from the envelope to which it is applied. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Tuning Parameters

228 Algorithms Conversion of Engineering Units. The input process flows can have any units, but the conversion factors should be configured to yield MPPH, as shown in Equation 1: flow(i) = FLOW_PT(i).PV * CONV_FAC(i) Where: flow(i) FLOW_PT(i).PV CONV_FAC(i) = Process flow i converted to MPPH for internal use = Input process flow i in any units = Conversion for flow i from input units to MPPH Equation 1 The input process temperature can be in Fahrenheit or Centigrade. However, temperatures in C are converted to F for internal use as shown in Equation 2: temp(i) = (TEMP_PT(i).PV + T_BIAS(i)) * Where: temp(i) = Process temperature i converted to F for internal use T_BIAS = Temperature input bias in C TEMP_PT(i).PV = Input process temperature i in C Equation 2 Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Algorithms

229 Algorithms (Continued) The input process pressure can have any units. However, the pressure conversion factor must be configured to yield psig, as shown in Equation 3. Note: If an atmospheric pressure other than zero is configured, the conversion factor is also applied to the configured atmospheric pressure to get units of psi. press = (PRESS_PT(i).PV + P_BIAS(i)) * CONV_FAC(17) Where: press PRESS_PT(i).PV P_BIAS CONV_FAC(17) = Process pressure converted to psig for internal use = Input process pressure in any gauge units = Input pressure bias in any gauge units = Conversion factor for pressure from input units to psig and When: ENG_PAR(2) <= 0 then atm_pres = else atm_pres = ENG_PAR(2) * CONV_FAC(17) Equation 3 The gravity input can be in API or specific gravity. However, API inputs are converted to specific gravity for internal use as shown in Equation 4: lgrav(i) = / (GRAV_PT(i).PV ) Where: lgrav(i) GRAV_PT(i).PV = Gravity i converted to specific gravity for internal use = Input gravity i in API Equation 4 Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Algorithms

230 Algorithms (Continued) Internal Liquid Flow Calculation. The internal liquid flow is calculated from process inputs using a energy balance calculation, as shown in Equation 5: liq_flow = Function[QNET, Q_stream(i), Q_stream(i+1),..., Q_stream(n), H_liq_vap, H_liq] Where: liq_flow QNET Q_stream(i) Q_stream(i+1) Q_stream(n) H_liq_vap H_liq = Calculated internal liquid flow = Envelope net heat input = Affect of stream i on the heat balance = Affect of stream i+1 on the heat balance = Affect of stream n on the heat balance = Enthalpy of the internal liquid at internal vapor conditions = Enthalpy of the internal liquid at internal liquid conditions Equation 5 Internal Vapor Flow Calculation. The internal vapor flow is calculated from process inputs using a material balance calculation, as shown in Equation 6: vap_flow = Function[liq_flow, Stream(i), Stream(i+1),...,Stream(n)] Where: vap_flow liq_flow Stream(i) Stream(i+1) Stream(n) = Calculated internal vapor flow = Calculated internal liquid flow = Stream i mass flow = Stream i+1 mass flow = Stream n mass flow Equation 6 Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Algorithms

231 Installation Procedure This section describes the installation procedure for LANDVGEN on the TDC 3000 System AM. This section covers the following topics: Preparation for Installation Custom Data Segment (CDS) and Parameter List (PL) Installation Building the Calculation Point Configuration Graphics Installation. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Installation Procedure

232 Preparation for Installation Step Gather media Make media backup Action Gather the following items: Removable media containing the directory CALC. Make a backup copy of media/directory on a US with drives n and m configured as follows: Media: FCOPY $Fn $Fm Directory only: COPY $Fn>LVGN>*.* $Fm> LVGN>= -V -D Where $Fn is the drive with the source media and $Fm is the drive with the target media. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Preparation for Installation

233 Custom Data Segment (CDS) and Parameter List (PL) Installation This procedure must be done once per LCN installation. Step Set volume pathnames [ typical net paths may be different from site to site ] Compile LANDVCDS.CL Compile LANDV_PL.CL Action From Modify Volume Paths display: CL CUSTOM GDF: NET>CDSG> CL SOURCE/OBJ: NET>CL> CL PARAM LIST: NET>CL> USER DEFLT PATH: $Fn> LVGN From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, LANDVCDS: CL $Fn>CDS>LANDVCDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry From the Command Processor display, compile the parameter list, LANDV_PL: CL $Fn>PL>LANDV_PL.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision CDS and PL Installation

234 Building Liquid/Vapor Calculation Point A calculation point is required for each internal liquid/vapor flow calculated. Step Modify Exception Build file, LANDV_PT.EB Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>LANDV_PT.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" PERIOD = as required When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Building Liquid/Vapor Calculation Point

235 Configuration Graphics Installation Graphics must be compiled and installed once per LCN. Step Go to Picture Editor Load DDB Read LANDVCFG Verify and Compile Copy LANDVCFG.DO to graphics directory Action Enter the Picture Editor, one of two ways: From the Engineering Main Menu select the Picture editor target OR From the Command Processor command line type PE [ENTER] Load Global variable definition file, DDB: L $Fn>PICS>DDB [ENTER] Read in the picture file, LANDVCFG R $Fn>LANDV>LANDVCFG [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn> LVGN>LANDVCFG.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. Internal Liquid asnd Vapor Calculation Revision Configuration Graphics Installation

236 Configure Calculation Point Configuration of the calculation point can be done either through the graphic LANDVCFG or through direct entry to the CDS ports on the Point Detail display. Use of the configuration graphic is recommended. Non Graphic Configuration of Internal Liquid/Vapor Calculation Point Linking CL Program. Internal Liquid asnd Vapor Calculation Revision Configure Calculation Point

237 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG Each entry port on the internal liquid/vapor calculation configuration graphic, LANDVCFG, is described below: Graphic LANDVCFG Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

238 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Selection Port Parameter Description Calculation Point -- Enter the internal liquid/vapor calculation point name. External Q Net Pnt: CALC_PT(1) Enter the tagname of the point supplying a QNET value from another envelope calculation. If none, leave blank. External Q Filter (min) Gravity Units [API] [SPGR] Mass Conv Factor (Output) FILTER(81) CONV_FAC(18) CONV_FAC(19) Enter the filter time, in minutes, to dynamically compensate the QNET value from another envelope calculation. Select the input gravity unit. Enter the conversion factor to convert the internal liquid from thousand pounds per hour to user defined units. # of Envl Streams ENGPAR(1) Enter the number of input flow streams. Temperature Units [DEG F] [DEG C] CONV_FAC(16) Select the input temperature units. Vap Temperature Pnt TEMP_PT(17) Enter the tagname for temperature indication for the internal vapor temperature. Vap Temperature Bias T_BIAS(17) Enter the additive bias to be applied to the internal vapor temperature. Vap Temp Filter (min) FILTER(32) Enter the internal vapor temperature filter time in minutes. Atmospheric Pressure ENGPAR(2) Enter the atmospheric pressure in input units OR for psi units. The program will handle either entry correctly. Pressure Conv Factor CONV_FAC(17) Enter the conversion factor to convert from input pressure units to psi. Envelope Calc Dir [TOP DN] [BTM UP] CALC_DIR(17) Enter whether the envelope calculations start at the top of the tower or at the bottom. Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

239 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions There are fifteen stream points that can be configured for the internal liquid/vapor calculation. In addition, there is a configuration zone for the internal liquid process inputs, i.e. gravity. The configuration zone for these is located at the bottom of the configuration graphic. The page forward and back keys on the TDC 3000 keyboard step through the sixteen setup zones. Each different type of input (steam, gas, vapor, liquid) has its own individual configuration zone. The gas (GAS) stream configuration zone is shown below: Note: Gas streams must be configured with in the first five stream positions. Selection Port Parameter 8 Description Stream Temp (Point) TEMP_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the temperature input for this stream. Stream Temp (Filter) FILTER(15+i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for this temperature input. Stream Temp (Bias) T_BIAS(i) Enter any bias to be added to this temperature input. Stream Press (Point) PRESS_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the pressure input for this stream. Stream Press (Filter) FILTER(32+i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for this pressure input. Stream Press (Bias) P_BIAS(i) Enter any bias to be added to this pressure input. Continued 8 The (i) indicates the number of the input. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

240 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) Refer to the gas stream configuration zone shown on the previous page: Hi-Spec Solutions Selection Port Parameter 5 Description Stream Flow (Point) FLOW_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the flow input for this stream. Stream Flow (Filter) FILTER(i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for this flow input. Envelope Direction [ENTER] [EXIT] CALC_DIR(i) Indicate whether the stream is coming out or going into the envelope. (Value dependent on the Q/V type) Stream Q Filter FILTER(81+i) Filter that is used to dynamically compensate the heat effect of this stream on the internal liquid/vapor calculation. Mass Flow Conv CONV_FAC(i) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to mass units (MPPH). Q-TYPE [NONE] [STM] [GAS] [VAPOR] [LIQ] V-TYPE [NONE] [STM] [GAS] [VAPOR] Gas Coef. QTYPE(i) VTYPE(i) B1(i), B2(i), B3(i), B4(i), B5(i), B6(i) The stream type for the QNET calculation. When the stream type GAS is specified, the stream MUST be one of the first five inputs. The stream type for calculating the enthalpy at internal vapor conditions. When the stream type GAS is specified, the stream MUST be one of the first five inputs. Coefficients for calculating the gas enthalpy 9. Continued 5 The (i) indicates the number of the input. 9 Table 7A1.2, API Technical Data Book-Petroleum Refining, Volume 2, 4th Edition, Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

241 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) The steam (STM) configuration zone is shown below: Hi-Spec Solutions Selection Port Parameter 5 Description Stream Temp (Point) TEMP_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the steam temperature. Stream Temp (Filter) FILTER(15+i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the steam temperature. Stream Temp (Bias) T_BIAS(i) Enter any bias to be added to the steam temperature. Stream Press (Point) PRESS_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the steam pressure. Stream Press (Filter) FILTER(32+i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the steam pressure. Stream Press (Bias) P_BIAS(i) Enter any bias to be added to the steam pressure. Stream Flow (Point) FLOW_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the steam flow. Stream Flow (Filter) FILTER(i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the steam flow. Envelope Direction [ENTER] [EXIT] CALC_DIR(i) Indicate whether the steam is coming out or going into the envelope. Continued 5 The (i) indicates the number of the input. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

242 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) Refer to the steam configuration zone shown on the previous page: Hi-Spec Solutions Selection Port Parameter 5 Description Stream Q Filter FILTER(81+i) Filter that is used to dynamically compensate the heat effect of the steam on the internal liquid/vapor calculation. Mass Flow Conv CONV_FAC(i) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to mass units (MPPH). Q-TYPE [NONE] QTYPE(i) The stream (STM) type for the QNET calculation. [STM] [GAS] [VAPOR] [LIQ] V-TYPE [NONE] [STM] [GAS] [VAPOR] VTYPE(i) The stream type for calculating the enthalpy at internal vapor conditions. When the type STM is specified, the temperature and pressure inputs are left blank as shown below. The internal vapor temperature and pressure are routinely used. Continued 5 The (i) indicates the number of the input. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

243 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions The stream configuration zones for stream type liquid (LIQ) and vapor (VAPOR) are the same, that is they have the same inputs. A typical configuration zone is shown below: Selection Port Parameter 5 Description Stream Temp (Point) TEMP_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the temperature input for this stream. Stream Temp (Filter) FILTER(15+i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for this temperature input. Stream Temp (Bias) T_BIAS(i) Enter any bias to be added to this temperature input. Stream Press (Point) PRESS_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the pressure input for this stream. Stream Press (Filter) FILTER(32+i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for this pressure input. Stream Press (Bias) P_BIAS(i) Enter any bias to be added to this pressure input. Stream Flow (Point) FLOW_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the flow input for this stream.. Stream Flow (Filter) FILTER(i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for this flow input. Stream Grav (Point) GRAV_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the gravity input for this stream. Stream Grav (Filter) FILTER(48+i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for this gravity input. Continued 5 The (i) indicates the number of the input. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

244 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) Refer to the stream configuration zone shown on the previous page: Hi-Spec Solutions Selection Port Parameter 5 Description Stream Watk (Point) WATK_PT(i) Enter the tagname of the Watson K factor input for this stream. Stream Watk (Filter) FILTER(64+i) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for this Watson K input. Envelope Direction [ENTER] [EXIT] CALC_DIR(i) Indicate whether the steam is coming out or going into the envelope. Stream Q Filter FILTER(81+i) Filter that is used to dynamically compensate the heat effect of the steam on the internal liquid/vapor calculation. Mass Flow Conv CONV_FAC(i) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to mass units (MPPH). Q-TYPE [NONE] [STM] [GAS] [VAPOR] [LIQ] V-TYPE [NONE] [STM] [GAS] [VAPOR] QTYPE(i) VTYPE(i) The stream type (LIQ or VAPOR) for the QNET calculation. The stream type for calculating the enthalpy at internal vapor conditions. Note: With in the V_TYPE definition the overhead product must enter the envelope as vapor and the overhead prod leave the top of the tower as vapor. Continued 5 The (i) indicates the number of the input. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

245 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions The last configuration zone to be described is the configuration zone for the calculated internal liquid. This configuration zone is shown below: Selection Port Parameter Description Envelope Temp (Point) Envelope Temp (Filter) TEMP_PT(16) FILTER(31) Enter the tagname of the internal liquid temperature input. Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the internal liquid temperature input. Envelope Temp (Bias) T_BIAS(16) Enter any bias to be added to the internal liquid temperature input. Envelope Press (Point) PRESS_PT(16) Enter the tagname of the internal vapor pressure input. Envelope Press (Filter) FILTER(48) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the internal vapor pressure input. Envelope Press (Bias) P_BIAS(16) Enter any bias to be added to the internal vapor pressure input. Int Liq. Grav (Point) GRAV_PT(16) Enter the tagname of the internal liquid gravity input. Int Liq. Grav (Filter) FILTER(64) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the internal liquid gravity input. Int Liq. Watk (Point) WATK_PT(16) Enter the tagname of the internal liquid Watson K factor input. Int Liq. Watk (Filter) FILTER(80) Enter the filter time, in minutes, for the internal liquid Watson K factor input. Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

246 Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG (Continued) Refer to the internal liquid configuration zone shown on the previous page: Selection Port Parameter Description Envelope Direction [ENTER] [EXIT] Q-TYPE [NONE] [STM] [GAS] [VAPOR] [LIQ] V-TYPE [NONE] [STM] [GAS] [VAPOR] CALC_DIR(16) QTYPE(16) VTYPE(16) Hi-Spec Solutions Indicate whether the internal liquid is entering or leaving the envelope. When the envelope calculation direction is from the top down, Envelope Calc Dir [TOP DN], the internal liquid is leaving the envelope. When the envelope calculation direction is from the bottom up, Envelope Calc Dir [BTN UP], the internal liquid is entering the envelope. The internal liquid stream type [LIQ]for the QNET calculation. The internal liquid stream type [VAPOR] for calculating the enthalpy at internal vapor conditions. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic LANDVCFG

247 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry If the configuration graphic is not used, then the configuration data must be entered directly onto the calculation point. The required calculation point information and associated parameter are listed below. Parameter Description Comments B1(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient A API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (A) for stream(1) B1(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient A API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (A) for stream(2) B1(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient A API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (A) for stream(3) B1(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient A API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (A) for stream(4) B1(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient A API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (A) for stream(5) B2(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient B API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (B) for stream(1) B2(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient B API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (B) for stream(2) B2(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient B API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (B) for stream(3) B2(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient B API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (B) for stream(4) B2(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient B API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (B) for stream(5) B3(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient C API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (C) for stream(1) B3(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient C API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (C) for stream(2) B3(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient C API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (C) for stream(3) B3(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient C API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (C) for stream(4) B3(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient C API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (C) for stream(5) B4(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient D API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (D) for stream(1) B4(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient D API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (D) for stream(2) Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

248 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments B4(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient D API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (D) for stream(3) B4(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient D API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (D) for stream(4) B4(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient D API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (D) for stream(5) B5(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient E API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (E) for stream(1) B5(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient E API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (E) for stream(2) B5(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient E API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (E) for stream(3) B5(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient E API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (E) for stream(4) B5(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient E API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (E) for stream(5) B6(1) Stream 1 gas enthalpy coefficient F API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (F) for stream(1) B6(2) Stream 2 gas enthalpy coefficient F API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (F) for stream(2) B6(3) Stream 3 gas enthalpy coefficient F API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (F) for stream(3) B6(4) Stream 4 gas enthalpy coefficient F API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (F) for stream(4) B6(5) Stream 5 gas enthalpy coefficient F API Gas Enthalpy Coefficient (F) for stream(5) Note: Coefficients are summations of individual component coefficients times their mole fractions. Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

249 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments CALC_DIR(1) Indicates if stream 1 is entering or -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving the envelope leaving envelope CALC_DIR(2) CALC_DIR(3) CALC_DIR(4) CALC_DIR(5) CALC_DIR(6) CALC_DIR(7) CALC_DIR(8) CALC_DIR(9) CALC_DIR(10) CALC_DIR(11) CALC_DIR(12) CALC_DIR(13) CALC_DIR(14) CALC_DIR(15) CALC_DIR(16) Indicates if stream 2 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 3 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 4 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 5 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 6 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 7 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 8 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 9 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 10 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 11 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 12 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 13 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 14 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if stream 15 is entering or leaving the envelope Indicates if calculated internal liquid is entering or leaving the envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope -1.0 => entering envelope; 1.0 => leaving envelope CALC_DIR(17) Indicates calculation direction -1.0 => from bottom up; 1.0 => from top down CALC_PT(1) Tagname for QNET input from another envelope calculation MBTU/Lb * Mass Units CALC_PT(2) Tagname for QNET input from another envelope calculation MBTU/Lb * Mass Units Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

250 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments CONV_FAC(1) Stream 1 multiplicative flow Convert stream 1 input units to mass conversion factor units (MPPH). CONV_FAC(2) CONV_FAC(3) CONV_FAC(4) CONV_FAC(5) CONV_FAC(6) CONV_FAC(7) CONV_FAC(8) CONV_FAC(9) CONV_FAC(10) CONV_FAC(11) CONV_FAC(12) CONV_FAC(13) CONV_FAC(14) CONV_FAC(15) CONV_FAC(16) CONV_FAC(17) CONV_FAC(18) CONV_FAC(19) Stream 2 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 3 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 4 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 5 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 6 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 7 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 8 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 9 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 10 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 11 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 12 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 13 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 14 multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 15 multiplicative flow conversion factor Input temperature unit flag; 0 => F; 1 => C Pressure multiplicative conversion factor Input gravity type flag: 0 => API; 1 => Specific gravity Conversion factor for calculated internal liquid mass flow. Convert stream 2 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 3 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 4 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 5 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 6 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 7 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 8 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 9 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 10 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 11 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 12 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 13 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 14 input units to mass units (MPPH). Convert stream 15 input units to mass units (MPPH). Default is 0 ( F). Convert input units to psi. Default is 0 (API). Convert from MPPH to any desired units. Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

251 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments ENGPAR(1) Number of input flow streams. The maximum number of flow inputs is 15. ENGPAR(2) Local atmospheric pressure. A value of will be used internally if a zero is entered. ENGPAR(3) Envelope heat loss. ENGPAR(4) Flag to force calculation BAD. 0 => Do not set BAD; 1 => Set calculation BAD. FILTER(1) Stream 1 flow input filter time Minutes FILTER(2) Stream 2 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(3) Stream 3 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(4) Stream 4 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(5) Stream 5 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(6) Stream 6 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(7) Stream 7 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(8) Stream 8 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(9) Stream 9 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(10) Stream 10 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(11) Stream 11 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(12) Stream 12 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(13) Stream 13 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(14) Stream 14 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(15) Stream 15 flow input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(16) Stream 1 temperature input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

252 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments FILTER(17) Stream 2 temperature input filter Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) time FILTER(18) FILTER(19) FILTER(20) FILTER(21) FILTER(22) FILTER(23) FILTER(24) FILTER(25) FILTER(26) FILTER(27) FILTER(28) FILTER(29) FILTER(30) FILTER(31) FILTER(32) Stream 3 temperature input filter time Stream 4 temperature input filter time Stream 5 temperature input filter time Stream 6 temperature input filter time Stream 7 temperature input filter time Stream 8 temperature input filter time Stream 9 temperature input filter time Stream 10 temperature input filter time Stream 11 temperature input filter time Stream 12 temperature input filter time Stream 13 temperature input filter time Stream 14 temperature input filter time Stream 15 temperature input filter time Internal liquid temperature input filter time Internal vapor temperature input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(33) Stream 1 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(34) Stream 2 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(35) Stream 3 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(36) Stream 4 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

253 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments FILTER(37) Stream 5 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(38) Stream 6 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(39) Stream 7 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(40) Stream 8 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(41) Stream 9 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(42) Stream 10 pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(43) FILTER(44) FILTER(45) FILTER(46) FILTER(47) FILTER(48) Stream 11 pressure input filter time Stream 12 pressure input filter time Stream 13 pressure input filter time Stream 14 pressure input filter time Stream 15 pressure input filter time Internal vapor pressure input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(49) Stream 1 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(50) Stream 2 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(51) Stream 3 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(52) Stream 4 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(53) Stream 5 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(54) Stream 6 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(55) Stream 7 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(56) Stream 8 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

254 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments FILTER(57) Stream 9 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(58) Stream 10 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(59) Stream 11 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(60) Stream 12 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(61) Stream 13 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(62) Stream 14 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(63) Stream 15 gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(64) Internal liquid gravity input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) FILTER(65) FILTER(66) FILTER(67) FILTER(68) FILTER(69) FILTER(70) FILTER(71) FILTER(72) FILTER(73) FILTER(74) FILTER(75) FILTER(76) Stream 1 Watson K input filter time Stream 2 Watson K input filter time Stream 3 Watson K input filter time Stream 4 Watson K input filter time Stream 5 Watson K input filter time Stream 6 Watson K input filter time Stream 7 Watson K input filter time Stream 8 Watson K input filter time Stream 9 Watson K input filter time Stream 10 Watson K input filter time Stream 11 Watson K input filter time Stream 12 Watson K input filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

255 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments FILTER(77) Stream 13 Watson K input filter Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) time FILTER(78) FILTER(79) FILTER(80) FILTER(81) FILTER(82) FILTER(83) FILTER(84) FILTER(85) FILTER(86) FILTER(87) FILTER(88) FILTER(89) FILTER(90) FILTER(91) FILTER(92) FILTER(93) FILTER(94) FILTER(95) FILTER(96) Stream 14 Watson K input filter time Stream 15 Watson K input filter time Internal liquid Watson K input filter time Filter time for QNET input from another envelope calculation Stream 1 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 2 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 3 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 4 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 5 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 6 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 7 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 8 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 9 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 10 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 11 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 12 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 13 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 14 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Stream 15 calculated dynamic heat effect filter time Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Minutes [enter in full minutes ( ) Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

256 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments FLOW_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(12) Tagname for stream 12 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(13) Tagname for stream 13 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(14) Tagname for stream 14 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) FLOW_PT(15) Tagname for stream 15 flow input Any flow units. (prefer mass units) (see note) GRAV_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 gravity API or Specific Gravity Note: Flow units requires careful attention for the conversion factor. Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

257 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments GRAV_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(12) Tagname for stream 12 gravity API or Specific Gravity. GRAV_PT(13) Tagname for stream 13 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(14) Tagname for stream 14 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(15) Tagname for stream 15 gravity API or Specific Gravity GRAV_PT(16) PRESS_PT(1) PRESS_PT(2) PRESS_PT(3) PRESS_PT(4) PRESS_PT(5) PRESS_PT(6) PRESS_PT(7) PRESS_PT(8) PRESS_PT(9) PRESS_PT(10) PRESS_PT(11) PRESS_PT(12) PRESS_PT(13) PRESS_PT(14) PRESS_PT(15) Tagname for internal liquid gravity Tagname for stream 1 pressure input Tagname for stream 2 pressure input Tagname for stream 3 pressure input Tagname for stream 4 pressure input Tagname for stream 5 pressure input Tagname for stream 6 pressure input Tagname for stream 7 pressure input Tagname for stream 8 pressure input Tagname for stream 9 pressure input Tagname for stream 10 pressure input Tagname for stream 11 pressure input Tagname for stream 12 pressure input Tagname for stream 13 pressure input Tagname for stream 14 pressure input Tagname for stream 15 pressure input API or Specific Gravity Use P_BIAS(1) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(2) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(3) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(4) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(5) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(6) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(7) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(8) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(9) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(10) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(11) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(12) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(13) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(14) if direct pressure measurement not available Use P_BIAS(15) if direct pressure measurement not available Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

258 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments PRESS_PT(16) Tagname of pressure input for internal vapor Use P_BIAS(16) if direct pressure measurement not available P_BIAS(1) Stream 1 pressure input additive bias Same units as PRESS_PT(1) P_BIAS(2) P_BIAS(3) P_BIAS(4) P_BIAS(5) P_BIAS(6) P_BIAS(7) P_BIAS(8) P_BIAS(9) P_BIAS(10) P_BIAS(11) P_BIAS(12) P_BIAS(13) P_BIAS(14) P_BIAS(15) P_BIAS(16) QTYPE(1) QTYPE(2) QTYPE(3) Stream 2 pressure input additive bias Stream 3 pressure input additive bias Stream 4 pressure input additive bias Stream 5 pressure input additive bias Stream 6 pressure input additive bias Stream 7 pressure input additive bias Stream 8 pressure input additive bias Stream 9 pressure input additive bias Stream 10 pressure input additive bias Stream 11 pressure input additive bias Stream 12 pressure input additive bias Stream 13 pressure input additive bias Stream 14 pressure input additive bias Stream 15 pressure input additive bias Internal vapor pressure input additive bias Stream 1 type for QNET calculation Stream 2 type for QNET calculation Stream 3 type for QNET calculation Same units as PRESS_PT(2) Same units as PRESS_PT(3) Same units as PRESS_PT(4) Same units as PRESS_PT(5) Same units as PRESS_PT(6) Same units as PRESS_PT(7) Same units as PRESS_PT(8) Same units as PRESS_PT(9) Same units as PRESS_PT(10) Same units as PRESS_PT(11) Same units as PRESS_PT(12) Same units as PRESS_PT(13) Same units as PRESS_PT(14) Same units as PRESS_PT(15) Same units as PRESS_PT(16) 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

259 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments QTYPE(4) Stream 4 type for QNET 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; calculation 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam QTYPE(5) QTYPE(6) QTYPE(7) QTYPE(8) QTYPE(9) QTYPE(10) QTYPE(11) QTYPE(12) QTYPE(13) QTYPE(14) QTYPE(15) QTYPE(16) TEMP_PT(1) TEMP_PT(2) TEMP_PT(3) TEMP_PT(4) TEMP_PT(5) TEMP_PT(6) TEMP_PT(7) Stream 5 type for QNET calculation Stream 6 type for QNET calculation Stream 7 type for QNET calculation Stream 8 type for QNET calculation Stream 9 type for QNET calculation Stream 10 type for QNET calculation Stream 11 type for QNET calculation Stream 12 type for QNET calculation Stream 13 type for QNET calculation Stream 14 type for QNET calculation Stream 15 type for QNET calculation Internal liquid type for QNET calculation Tagname of source for stripper feed temperature Tagname of source for stripper product temperature Tagname of source for stripping steam temperature Tagname for stream 4 temperature input Tagname for stream 5 temperature input Tagname for stream 6 temperature input Tagname for stream 7 temperature input 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 3 => Liquid Use bias T_BIAS(1) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(2) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(3) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(4) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(5) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(6) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(7) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

260 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments TEMP_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 temperature Use bias T_BIAS(8) if the temperature input is not located on the stream. TEMP_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 temperature input TEMP_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 temperature input TEMP_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 temperature input TEMP_PT(12) Tagname for stream 12 temperature input TEMP_PT(13) Tagname for stream 13 temperature input TEMP_PT(14) Tagname for stream 14 temperature input TEMP_PT(15) Tagname for stream 15 temperature input TEMP_PT(16) Tagname for temperature of internal liquid at envelope conditions TEMP_PT(17) Tagname for temperature of internal vapor at envelope conditions T_BIAS(1) Stream 1 temperature input additive bias T_BIAS(2) T_BIAS(3) T_BIAS(4) T_BIAS(5) T_BIAS(6) Stream 2 temperature input additive bias Stream 3 temperature input additive bias Stream 4 temperature input additive bias Stream 5 temperature input additive bias Stream 6 temperature input additive bias Use bias T_BIAS(9) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(10) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(11) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(12) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(13) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(14) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(15) if the temperature is not located on the stream. Use bias T_BIAS(16) if the temperature is not located in the internal liquid. Use bias T_BIAS(17) if the temperature is not located in the internal vapor. Same units as TEMP_PT(1) Same units as TEMP_PT(2) Same units as TEMP_PT(3) Same units as TEMP_PT(4) Same units as TEMP_PT(5) Same units as TEMP_PT(6) Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

261 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments T_BIAS(7) Stream 7 temperature input Same units as TEMP_PT(7) additive bias T_BIAS(8) T_BIAS(9) T_BIAS(10) T_BIAS(11) T_BIAS(12) T_BIAS(13) T_BIAS(14) T_BIAS(15) T_BIAS(16) T_BIAS(17) VTYPE(1) VTYPE(2) VTYPE(3) VTYPE(4) VTYPE(5) VTYPE(6) VTYPE(7) VTYPE(8) VTYPE(9) Stream 8 temperature input additive bias Stream 9 temperature input additive bias Stream 10 temperature input additive bias Stream 11 temperature input additive bias Stream 12 temperature input additive bias Stream 13 temperature input additive bias Stream 14 temperature input additive bias Stream 15 temperature input additive bias Internal liquid temperature additive bias Internal vapor temperature additive bias Stream 1 type for QVAP calculation Stream 2 type for QVAP calculation Stream 3 type for QVAP calculation Stream 4 type for QVAP calculation Stream 5 type for QVAP calculation Stream 6 type for QVAP calculation Stream 7 type for QVAP calculation Stream 8 type for QVAP calculation Stream 9 type for QVAP calculation Same units as TEMP_PT(8) Same units as TEMP_PT(9) Same units as TEMP_PT(10) Same units as TEMP_PT(11) Same units as TEMP_PT(12) Same units as TEMP_PT(13) Same units as TEMP_PT(14) Same units as TEMP_PT(15) Same units as TEMP_PT(16) Same units as TEMP_PT(17) 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

262 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments VTYPE(10) Stream 10 type for QVAP 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; calculation 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam VTYPE(11) VTYPE(12) VTYPE(13) VTYPE(14) VTYPE(15) VTYPE(16) WATK_PT(1) WATK_PT(2) WATK_PT(3) WATK_PT(4) Stream 11 type for QVAP calculation Stream 12 type for QVAP calculation Stream 13 type for QVAP calculation Stream 14 type for QVAP calculation Stream 15 type for QVAP calculation Internal liquid type for QVAP calculation Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 2 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 3 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 4 Watson K factor 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 0 => None; 1 => Gas; 2 => Vapor; 3 => Liquid; 4 => Steam 2 => Vapor Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

263 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments WATK_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 Watson K factor Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. WATK_PT(6) WATK_PT(7) WATK_PT(8) WATK_PT(9) WATK_PT(10) Tagname for stream 6 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 7 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 8 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 9 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 10 Watson K factor Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; & 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Continued Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

264 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Hi-Spec Solutions Parameter Description Comments WATK_PT(11) Tagname for stream 11 Watson K factor Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; and 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. WATK_PT(12) WATK_PT(13) WATK_PT(14) WATK_PT(15) WATK_PT(16) Tagname for stream 12 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 13 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 14 Watson K factor Tagname for stream 15 Watson K factor Tagname for internal liquid Watson K factor Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; and 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; and 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; and 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the stream s ASTM D86 10%;50%; and 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the internal liquid s ASTM D86 10%;50%; and 90% points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the Watson K CL code. Internal Liquid and Vapor Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

265 Link CL Programs Step Link LANDVGEN Activate point Verify Operation Action From the Command Processor Display: LK $Fn>AO>LANDVGEN point_name [ENTER] Call up the point detail and activate the point, or activate from LANDVCFG graphic. Verify that LANDVGEN is running without any CL errors. Internal Liquid & Vapor Calculation Revision 3.0 A-1 Appendix A Engineer s Detailed Description

266 Internal Liquid & Vapor Calculation Revision 3.0 A-2 Appendix A Engineer s Detailed Description

267 Advanced Control Package Laboratory Updating System CONTROLLED Revision 2.1 3/98 Honeywell Hi-Spec Solutions N. Black Canyon Hwy. Phoenix, AZ 85023

268 Table of Contents Overview...1 Acronym List...2 Hardware and Software Requirements...3 Point Structure Diagram...4 Detailed Description...5 Point Structure...6 LABMASTR...6 LAB_NULL...6 Point Structure (Continued)...7 Process/Unit Points...7 Bias Calculation Points...7 Custom Data Segments (Parameter Lists)...8 Master Graphics Point...8 Process/Unit Area Points...8 Custom Data Segments (Continued)...9 Bias Calculation Points...9 Laboratory Null Point...10 Error Codes...11 Diagnostic Error Codes (Bias Calculation Points)...12 Subroutine Error Codes (Bias Calculation Points)...13 History Collection Error Codes (Bias Calculation Points)...14 Algorithms...15 Installation Procedure...16 Preparation for Installation...17 CDS and PL Installation...18 Building the Master Graphics Point...19 Building the Null Laboratory Point North Black Canyon Hiway Phoenix, AZ Rolling Oaks Dr Thousand Oaks, CA Richmond, Suite 1110 Houston, TX Chilworth Research Center Southampton, United Kingdom SO1 7NP Laboratory Entry System Revision 2.1 Revision History

269 Building a Process/Unit Point Building a Bias Calculation Point Graphics Installation Graphics Installation (Continued) Graphics Installation (Continued) System Configuration Master Graphics Point Configuration (Direct CDS Entry) Lab Configuration through Displays Lab Configuration through Displays (Continued) Selecting a Process/Unit Point...29 Configuring the Process/Unit Point...29 Lab Configuration through Displays (Continued) Altering the Property Button Descriptions...30 Configuring a Bias Calculation Point...30 Bias Calculation Display Input Fields Configuring Special Note...32 Link CL Programs Laboratory Entry System Revision 2.1 Contents

270

271 Overview Definition. The laboratory updating system is a series of displays and routines which compares laboratory results to inferred properties, and biases the calculation routines. This provides a feedback mechanism for the calculations to ensure they provide reliable and accurate results. Application. The laboratory system is designed to work with any of the Honeywell inferential property calculations. Bias Calculations. The additive bias applied to a calculated property is determined knowing the time at which the laboratory sample was taken, and calculation input information contained within the inferred variable point: Process inputs: Property Calc inputs: Calculated value: TDC 3000 system time when sample is drawn. Calculated value and current bias. New inferential property calculation bias. Incentive. 1. To provide laboratory feedback to the inferential property estimations. 2. To provide an estimation as to how well the inferential property calculations are performing. Laboratory Entry System Revision Overview

272 Acronym List Term Application Module Local Control Network Universal Station control language process variable CL object code file extension Parameter List custom data segment Acronym AM LCN US CL PV AO PL CDS Laboratory Entry System Revision Acronym List

273 Hardware and Software Requirements Requirement Hardware Platform Special Boards Other Computing Systems LCN Release AM Load Modules US Load Modules Other Packages Other Control Applications Software Inputs Description TDC 3000 AM None None Release 410 or later AMCL03.LO None Any of the Honeywell Inferential Property routines. None The calculated value (CALC_VAL(1)) and the current additive bias (LAB_BIAS(2)) for each of the routines to be updated. Laboratory Entry System Revision Hardware & Software Requirements

274 Point Structure Diagram TDC Display PNT : LABMASTR CDS: LAB_GRPH UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT PNT # 1 PNT # 2 PN T # 3 PNT # 4 CL: LA B_ TIME CDS: LA B_ CDS Bias Pn t s Num Pn t s Bias Pn t s Bias Pn t s CL: A DDBIA S CDS: A DDB_ CDS Calc Pn t s Figure 1. Laboratory Entry System Point Structure Laboratory Entry System Revision Point Structure

275 Detailed Description The information provided within this section describes the Laboratory Entry System architecture and custom data segments. This section covers the following topics: Point Structures Custom Data Segments (Parameter Lists). Laboratory Entry System Revision Detailed Description

276 Point Structure LABMASTR This point is used as the main interface between the operating displays and configuration information. This point is used for the storage of process grouping information. Point Type PV_Type CTL_Type Custom Data Segment Algorithm Insertion Point Slot Output Point Structure (LABMASTR) Application Module Custom Point None None LAB_GRPH.CL None None None None LAB_NULL This point is used as a link between all of the different calculation points. Due to the LCN checks performed during AO link time, it is necessary to have one consistent point with a consistent set of CDS parameters. After the AO file has been linked to the bias calculation point, LAB_NULL is replaced with the actual calculation point which receives the new bias. Point Type PV_Type CTL_Type Custom Data Segment Algorithm Insertion Point Slot Output Point Structure (LAB_NULL) Application Module Custom Point None None ADDN_CDS.CL None None None None Laboratory Entry System Revision Point Structure

277 Point Structure (Continued) Process/Unit Points These points are used to maintain configuration information related to each of the process/unit areas. The points are named such that they describe the process or unit area. These points also contain a CL routine which captures the system date/time stamps and triggers the bias calculation points. Point Structure (Process/Unit Points) Point Type Application Module Custom Point PV_Type None CTL_Type None Custom Data Segment LAB_CDS.CL Algorithm LAB_TIME.AO Insertion Point General Slot 1 Output None Bias Calculation Points These points calculate a new additive bias for each of the configured inferential property calculation points. Point Structure (Bias Calculation Points) Point Type Application Module Custom Point PV_Type None CTL_Type None Custom Data Segment ADDB_CDS.CL & PHST_CDS.CL Algorithm ADDBIAS.AO - (ADDBIAS & ADDHIST), PARMHIST.AO Block Names ( PARMHIST and PARMWRIT) Insertion Point Background Slot ( 1 & 2 ) Output None Laboratory Entry System Revision Point Structure

278 Custom Data Segments (Parameter Lists) The following section outline the custom data segments (CDS) which are attached to the lab system points. The tables provide information related to the point type, the parameter used, and a brief description of those parameters and their usage. Master Graphics Point The following CDS parameters are attached to the master graphics point LABMASTR. Custom Data Segments (LAB_GRPH) Parameter Description Default Values ENGPAR(1) Selected Process/Unit point within the array of configured process points (Also accessed/established within the operating displays). Default = 0 ENGPAR(2) Total number of Process/Unit points configured. Default = 0 ENGPAR(3) ENGPAR(4) Current overlay page displayed within the main operating graphic (LAB_SYS). The pervious overlay page displayed within the main operating graphic (LAB_SYS). Default = 0 Default = 0 ENGPAR(5) Available for future use. Default = 0 CALC_PT(1..20) This array hold the tagname of the Process/Unit area points. NULL Process/Unit Area Points The following CDS parameters are attached to the process/unit area points. Custom Data Segments (LAB_CDS) Parameter Description Default Values CALC_PT(1..30) These parameter hold either the tagname of the Bias Calculation points or Numeric Lab value points NULL KLVL(1..30) Keylevel access for the associated array location data entry OPR ENGPAR(1..30) Indicates the associated point type, 0=Bias, 1=Numeric 1.0 X(0) Used for property selection from the operating displays 0.0 X(1..30) TIMEDESC(0) TIMEDESC(1..30) Array which indicates which (Bias Calc/Process) points are associated and therefore can be time stamped together Used for storage of the modified Date/Time stamp information Array which holds the last sampling time for the associated CALC_PT REV_NO Revision Number of the CDS package N/A 0.0 N/A N/A Laboratory Entry System Revision Custom Data Segments

279 Custom Data Segments (Continued) Bias Calculation Points The following CDS parameters are attached to the points which determine the bias values for a inferential property prediction points. Custom Data Segments (ADDB_CDS) Parameter Description Default Values ENGPAR(1) Calculated difference between the Lab value and the system 0.0 ENGPAR(2) Available for future use. N/A ENGPAR(3) Available for future use. N/A ENGPAR(4) Execution flag. (0=None, 1=Collect Data, 2=Calc Bias) 0.0 ENGPAR(5) Type of bias to calculate (0=None, 1=Additive Bias) 0.0 ENGPAR(6) Maximum laboratory value accepted for bias calculation 0.0 ENGPAR(7) Minimum laboratory value accepted for bias calculation 0.0 ENGPAR(8) Deadband where calculation and laboratory value are considered to be the same 0.0 ENGPAR(9) Maximum change allowed for bias calculation (calc - lab) 0.0 ENGPAR(10) Deadtime between process and sample point collection 0.0 ENGPAR(11) Number of history values to collect (Maximum 100) 0.0 ENGPAR(12) History Scope: Source of the history information (0 => HM and archives), 1 => HM 1 ENGPAR(13) History sampling frequency (Allowed values 5, 10, 20, and 60) 0.0 ENGPAR(14) Number of data points to collect after the sampling time stamp. (Must be less than ENGPAR(11)) ENGPAR(15) Gain applied to the calculated additive bias 0.0 TIMEDESC Date/Time stamp for associated data collection N/A STATUS(1) CL Error location flag N/A STATUS(2) Subroutine Error location flag N/A STATUS(3) HM Data Collection Error location flag N/A REV_NO Program revision number N/A This MUST be the same as the snapshot sample rate for the history group that contains the data. Laboratory Entry System Revision Custom Data Segments

280 Custom Data Segments (Continued) Custom Data Segments (PHST_CDS.CL) Parameter Description Default Values EXECSTAT(1) Number of Points (1-15) 0.0 EXECSTAT(2) Execute File write routine 0.0 EXECSTAT(3) Available 0.0 PATHNAME Pathname for History file.net>vol> String NET>RMPC> HISFILE Filename and Extention (File.xx), String DATA.XX SNAME Array of Point.Parm names, String array 1-15 AVREC Array (1..15) Averaged history values 0.0 ERRCODE(1) Error location indication 0.0 ERRCODE(2) Subroutine error status 0.0 ERRCODE(3) Hist collection status 0.0 ERRCODE(4) Available 0.0 ERRCODE(5) Available 0.0 Laboratory Null Point The following CDS parameters are attached to the Null Laboratory point which is required for CL linking. Custom Data Segments (ADDN_CDS) Parameter Description Default Values CALC_VAL(1) Average Historized Prop. value N/A CALC_VAL(2) Average historized Lab Bias (2) value CALC_VAL(3) Old additive bias (Last time) LAB_BIAS(1..2) Required for standardization of LAB_BIAS arrays N/A Laboratory Entry System Revision Custom Data Segments

281 Error Codes The following tables describes the error codes associated with the bias calculation points This section covers the following topics: Diagnostic error codes Subroutine error codes History collection error codes. Laboratory Entry System Revision Error Codes

282 Diagnostic Error Codes (Bias Calculation Points) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(1) No errors 1.0 CALC_PT has a null point entered or ENGPAR(4) contains a BAD value 2.0 The configured data sampling rate is incorrect ENGPAR(13) 3.0 The history collection for the CALC_PT.PV has failed 4.0 The history collection for the CALC_PT.LAB_BIAS(2) has failed 5.0 The ABS(Maximum Value) is <= 0.0 ENGPAR(6) 6.0 The ABS(Minimum Value) is <= 0.0 ENGPAR(7) 7.0 The configured deadband is <= 0.0 ENGPAR(8) 8.0 The configured maximum difference is <= 0.0 ENGPAR(9) 9.0 A BAD value has been collected from history CALC_VAL(1) 10.0 A BAD laboratory value has been stored CALC_VAL(2) 11.0 The laboratory value is > than the Maximum 12.0 The laboratory value is < than the Minimum 2 STATUS(1) indicates errors in the calculation. Laboratory Entry System Revision Error Codes

283 Subroutine Error Codes (Bias Calculation Points) Subroutine Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(2) 0.0 No errors 1.0 Error in parameter 2.0 Some item contain errors 3.0 System busy, request denied 4.0 Could not complete collection request 5.0 An intermediate error has occurred 6.0 An unknown error has occurred 7.0 Data access error 8.0 A memory error has occurred 9.0 Error converting string Contact Honeywell TAC (Illogical Error) Laboratory Entry System Revision History Collection Error Codes

284 History Collection Error Codes (Bias Calculation Points) History Error Codes (Ordinal States) Parameter Value Description STATUS(3) 0.0 No errors 1.0 Limit Violation 2.0 Right Error 3.0 Communication Error 4.0 Abort Error 5.0 Arithmetic Error 6.0 Array Limit Violation 7.0 Range Error 8.0 Program Error 9.0 Keylevel Error 10.0 Configuration Error Laboratory Entry System Revision History Collection Error Codes

285 Algorithms Average. The inferential property values collected from history are averaged over the collection period, as shown in Equation 1: ave_val = Sum(prop_val)/num_of_samples Where: ave_val = Average inferential property value prop_val = Inferential property values within configured period num_of_samples = Number of property values collected within the period Equation 1 Bias Calculation. The new additive bias value is determined using the averaged property value, the laboratory results, and configuration information, as shown in Equation 2: new_bias = old_bias + (bias_gain * (lab_val - ave_val)) Where: new_bias old_bias bias_gain lab_val ave_val = The new additive bias return to the calculation point = The calculation bias used during the collection period = Scaling factor applied to the difference = The internal laboratory value = The averaged calculated property value Equation 2 Laboratory Entry System Revision Algorithms

286 Installation Procedure This document describes the installation procedure for the Laboratory Entry System on the TDC 3000 System AM. This section covers the following topics: Preparation for Installation CDS and PL Installation Building the Graphics Point (LABMASTR) Building the Null Laboratory Point (LAB_NULL) Building the Process/Unit Points Building the Bias Calculation Points Graphics Installation. Laboratory Entry System Revision Installation Procedure

287 Preparation for Installation Step Gather media Make media backup Action Gather the following items: Removable media containing the directory LAB Commissioning Worksheet Make a backup copy of media/directory on a US with drives n and m configured as follows: Media: FCOPY $Fn $Fm Directory only: CD $Fm>vol_dir> LAB COPY $Fn>LAB>*.* $Fm>LAB>= -V -D Where $Fn is the drive with the source media and $Fm is the drive with the target media Laboratory Entry System Revision Preparation for Installation

288 CDS and PL Installation This procedure must be done once per LCN installation. Step Set volume pathnames Compile ADDN_CDS.CL Compile ADDB_PL.CL Compile LAB_CDS.CL Compile ADDB_CDS.CL Compile LAB_GRPH.CL Compile PHST_CDS.CL From Modify Volume Paths display: CL CUSTOM GDF: NET>CDSG> USER DEFLT PATH: $Fn>LAB Action From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, ADDN_CDS: CL $Fn>CDS>ADDN_CDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry From the Command Processor display, compile the PL file, ADDB_PL: CL $Fn>PL>ADDB_PL.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the PL due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, LAB_CDS: CL $Fn>CDS>LAB_CDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, ADDB_CDS: CL $Fn>CDS>ADDB_CDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, LAB_GRPH: CL $Fn>CDS>LAB_GRPH.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, PHST_CDS.CL CL $Fn>CDS> PHST_CDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry Laboratory Entry System Revision CDS and PL Installation

289 Building the Master Graphics Point An information point is required to maintain configuration information related to the operating displays. Step Modify Exception Build file, LAB_MSTR.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>LAB_MSTR.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" From the Builder Commands display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>EB Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: LAB_MSTR.EB Pathname for IDF file: LAB_MSTR.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button Laboratory Entry System Revision Building the Master Graphics Point

290 Building the Null Laboratory Point A point which contain a specific CDS structure is required for AO linking to the Bias Calculation points. This is accomplished using the NULL Laboratory point. Step Modify Exception Build file, LAB_NULL.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>LAB_NULL.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" From the Builder Commands display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>EB Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: LAB_NULL.EB Pathname for IDF file: LAB_NULL.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button Laboratory Entry System Revision Building the Null Laboratory Point

291 Building a Process/Unit Point For each separate process or unit an information point is required to maintain configuration information an operating information. Step Modify Exception Build file, LAB_PROC.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>LAB_PROC.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" From the Builder Commands display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>EB Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: LAB_PROC.EB Pathname for IDF file: LAB_PROC.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button Laboratory Entry System Revision Building Process/Unit Points

292 Building a Bias Calculation Point Each inferential property calculation point requires a bias calculation point. Step Modify Exception Build file, LAB_BIAS.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>LAB_BIAS.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" Note: Add the following line to this.eb template CALC_PT=LAB_NULL From the Builder Commands display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>EB Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: LAB_BIAS.EB Pathname for IDF file: LAB_BIAS.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button Laboratory Entry System Revision Building Bias Calculation Points

293 Graphics Installation The laboratory entry system contains a main operating display LAB_SYS, and an on-line help display LAB_HELP. There are a total of 9 overlays associated with the 2 main displays. Graphics must be compiled and installed once per LCN. Step Go to the Picture Editor Load DDB file. Read LAB_SYS Verify and Compile Read LAB_OV1 Verify and Compile Read LAB_OV2 Verify and Compile Read LAB_OV3 Verify and Compile Read LAB_OV4 Verify and Compile Read LAB_OV5 Verify and Compile Action Enter the Picture Editor, one of two ways: From the Engineering Main Menu select the Picture Editor target or From the Command Processor command line type PE [ENTER] Load the global display data base variable definition file, DDB: L $Fn>PICS>DDB [ENTER] Read in the picture file, LAB_SYS R $Fn>LAB>LAB_SYS [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, LAB_OV1 R $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV1 [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, LAB_OV2 R $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV2 [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, LAB_OV3 R $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV3 [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, LAB_OV4 R $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV4 [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, LAB_OV5 R $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV5 [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Continued Laboratory Entry System Graphics Installation Revision

294 Graphics Installation (Continued) Step Read LAB_HELP Verify and Compile Read HLP_OV1 Verify and Compile Read HLP_OV2 Verify and Compile Read HLP_OV3 Verify and Compile Read HLP_OV4 Verify and Compile Copy LAB_SYS.DO to the graphics directory Copy LAB_OV1.DO to the graphics directory Copy LAB_OV2.DO to the graphics directory Action Read in the picture file, LAB_SYS R $Fn>LAB>LAB_HELP [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, HLP_OV1 R $Fn>LAB>HLP_OV1[ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, HLP_OV2 R $Fn>LAB>HLP_OV2[ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, HLP_OV3 R $Fn>LAB>HLP_OV3[ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] Read in the picture file, HLP_OV4 R $Fn>LAB>HLP_OV4[ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete Compile the picture: COM [ENTER] From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>LAB_SYS.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV1.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV2.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. Continued Laboratory Entry System Graphics Installation Revision

295 Graphics Installation (Continued) Step Copy LAB_OV3.DO to the graphics directory Copy LAB_OV4.DO to the graphics directory Copy LAB_OV5.DO to the graphics directory Copy LAB_HELP.DO to the graphics directory Copy HLP_OV1.DO to the graphics directory Copy HLP_OV2.DO to the graphics directory Copy HLP_OV3.DO to the graphics directory Copy HLP_OV4.DO to the graphics directory Action From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV3.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV4.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV5.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>LAB_OV3.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>HLP_OV1.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>HLP_OV2.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>HLP_OV3.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. From the Command Processor Display: COPY $Fn>LAB>HLP_OV4.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path for the system being worked on. Laboratory Entry System Graphics Installation Revision

296 System Configuration Configuration of the Laboratory Entry System is accomplished through the configuration/operating displays and through direct entry to the CDS ports on the Master Graphics Point. Setup of the Laboratory Entry System requires the following steps: CDS Configuration of Master Graphics Point Graphic Configuration of remaining Laboratory System Functions Linking CL Program. Notes: Configuration errors may occur if points are deleted. To correct this problem, the AO files must be unlinked and then relinked to reestablish dynamic indirection. Link errors can occur, when an improper point type is configured in a CDS parameter. This is caused by a missing parameter. A null point containing all required parameters can be used in the configuration for linking purposes only. After the CL is linked, the desired point is then entered into the proper CDS location. Laboratory Entry System Revision System Configuration

297 Master Graphics Point Configuration (Direct CDS Entry) Configuration data must be entered directly onto the master graphics point, LABMASTR. The required information and associated parameter are listed below. Parameter Description Comments CALC_PT(1..n) Tagname of desired Process/Unit points. See page 21 ENGPAR(1) ENGPAR(2) The current selected process/unit point within the system Total number of Process/Unit points within the lab system. Default = 1, This parameter is selected later from the operating display This parameter sets the number of process/unit points displayed. The remaining configuration is completed using the laboratory system operating and configuration displays. Although it is possible to configure the system through direct CDS entry it is highly discouraged. Laboratory Entry System Revision Completing Configuration (Operating Displays)

298 Lab Configuration through Displays Once all of the required points have been built and the master graphics point configured, the remaining configuration is performed using the Laboratory Entry System displays. To begin, call up the operating display by selecting SCHEM, and entering LAB_SYS into the schematic port. Graphic LAB_SYS Continued Laboratory Entry System Revision Completing Configuration (Operating Displays)

299 Lab Configuration through Displays (Continued) Selecting a Process/Unit Point To begin the configuration process, first select the desired process/unit area. The following procedure outlines the selection task. Select SCHEM and enter LAB_SYS In the lower left corner select "SELECT UNIT" and a new menu bar appears. Select the desired Process/Unit area, the main menu bar now returns. Configuring the Process/Unit Point The next step is to configure the process/unit point with the desired bias calculation points, numeric storage points, keylevel access, and time stamp associations: Select the "CONFIG DISPLAY" button within the menu bar. A new overlay appears which provides access to the overall system configuration. Select an entry port within the "CALC PNT" column. Enter a point name which corresponds to either a lab numeric (Gravity, Sulfur, Viscosity point) or a bias calculation point. Select the "CALC TYPE," either numeric or bias calculation. Provide a time stamp index as a sample association number. This index number is used to direct time stamp data collection. If CALC PNT (1) is a gravity point then the index for TIME (1) could be set equal to 1. If CALC PNT (2) were the 90% bias calculation for the same material as CALC PNT (1) then TIME (2) would also be equal to 1. Therefore, these 2 points share the same index value. This then says that when a sample is drawn, the gravity and the 90% point calculation uses the same time stamp. A new index number must have the same number as the line 3 in the left and column. Select the desired display "KEYLEVEL." This can be used to customized the display to fit any operating environment. If within the "CALC TYPE" column, "BIAS" was selected, a new target will appear under the heading of "ADDITIONAL CFG." Selection of this target provides a new overlay for the configuration of the biasing routine. See next page. Once all of the process/unit points and the associated parameters have been defined return to the operating overlay by selecting the "PROP DISPLAY" target. Laboratory Entry System Revision Completing Configuration (Operating Displays)

300 Lab Configuration through Displays (Continued) Altering the Property Button Descriptions After configuring the process/unit point, the property description buttons should be verified to ensure they are correct. If the button name is truncated or needs to be altered to better reflect the property: Select the "SCHEM" button and enter "PEEKPOKE," a standard Honeywell display. Select any open cell and type "PNT_NAME.PTDESC," where PNT_NAME is the name of the system point. Select the old point description and enter a new description in the data port provided and press ENTER. Return to LAB_SYS and examine the property descriptions. Configuring a Bias Calculation Point Once the lab operating displays and process/unit areas have been configured, the actual bias calculation points must be configured. To complete the configuration execute the following tasks: Select the "CONFIG DISPLAY" button from the lower right corner of the LAB_SYS menu bar, this brings up the process/unit configuration overlay. Select the "ADD BIAS CONFIG" target. This provides a new configuration overlay. The new overlay provides the configuration display for the bias calculation points. The following table describes each of the fields and action required and the CDS storage for that configuration field. Laboratory Entry System Revision Completing Configuration (Operating Displays)

301 Bias Calculation Display Input Fields Selection Port Parameter Action Additive Bias Calc Pnt $_DDB The current bias point is displayed in this field. Calculation PNT CALC_PT Enter the point LAB_NULL after linking the AO ADDBIAS replace LAB_NULL with the desired Inferred Property Calculation point. History Data Scope [HM] [HM&A] History Sampling Freq. ENGPAR(12) History Module only => 1.0 History Module and Archives => 0.0 ENGPAR(13) Enter the desired sampling frequency in SECONDS Valid Values are (5, 10, 20, or 60). # of History Values ENGPAR(11) Enter the number of history values to be collected, the maximum value is # of History Values after Sampling Time Max Lab Value Considered Mim Lab Value Considered Bias Calculation Deadband ENGPAR(14) ENGPAR(6) ENGPAR(7) ENGPAR(8) Enter the number of values to be collected AFTER the sampling time. (Less than ENGPAR(11)). Enter the maximum allowable laboratory value considered for biasing. Enter the minimum allowable laboratory value considered for biasing. Enter the number for a deadband where the lab and calculated values are considered equal. This MUST be a non-zero value. Max Change ENGPAR(9) Enter the maximum allowed change to the additive bias. Process/Sample Deadtime ENGPAR(10) Enter the number of minutes of deadtime between the process and the sample point. Gain on Additive Bias ENGPAR(15) Enter a gain or percentage of the new bias which is applied to the existing bias. After completing the Bias Calculation Point configuration a CL block must be link to the point. To accomplish this follow the steps outlined below. Step Link ADDBIAS Link PARMHIST Replace LAB_NULL Activate point Action From the Command Processor Display: LK $Fn>AO>ADDBIAS point_name [ENTER] Return to the configuration display and replace LAB_NULL with the desired inferential calculation point name. Call up the point detail and activate the point. Laboratory Entry System Revision Completing Configuration (Operating Displays)

302 Configuring Special Note For each bias calculation point there are (2) parameters which MUST be historized on the system. Refer to the Honeywell documentation for a description of the historization procedure. The following: CALC_PT.CALC_VAL(1) - Which is the value of the inferential property calculation. CALC_PT.LAB_BIAS(2) - Which is the value of the additive bias used within the inferential property calculation point. Where CALC_PT is the actual property calculation point, NOT the name of the bias calculation point. For PARMHIST block, all Point.param in SNAME must be historized. Data written to PATHNAME = NET>XXXX> where directory XXXX is 4 non-blank characters. HISFILE = ZZZDATA.XX Must be an 8 digit non-blank filename. When the file is first created, column header information is written out. The proplerty calc and Lab bias value are written out to the history file in the last two columns. EXECSTAT (1) = Number of points (SNAME entries) (2) = Non-zero to execute file write. Laboratory Entry System Revision Completing Configuration (Operating Displays)

303 Link CL Programs Step Link LAB_TIME Activate point Verify Operation Action From the Command Processor Display: LK $Fn>AO>LAB_TIME process/unit point [ENTER] Call up the point detail and activate the point. Verify that LAB_TIME is running without any CL errors. Laboratory Entry System Revision Linking CL Program

304 Laboratory Entry System Revision Linking CL Program

305 Advanced Control Package Pour Point Calculation CONTROLLED May 1995 Revision 3.0 Honeywell Hi-Spec Solutions N. Black Canyon Hwy. Phoenix, AZ 85023

306 16404 North Black Canyon Hiway Phoenix, Az Rolling Oaks Dr Thousand Oaks, CA Richmond, Suite 1110 Houston, Tx Chilworth Research Centre Southampton, United Kingdom SO1 7NP Pour Point Calculation Revision 3.0 Revision History

307 Table of Contents Overview...1 Acronym List...3 Hardware and Software Requirements...4 Instrumentation (Process Inputs)...5 Process Diagram...6 Detailed Description...7 Point Structure...8 Process Inputs...9 Continued...9 Process Inputs (Continued)...10 Configuration Inputs...11 Configuration Inputs (Continued)...12 Configuration Inputs (Continued)...13 Continued...13 Configuration Inputs (Continued)...14 Calculation Outputs...15 Calculation Outputs (Continued)...16 Error Codes...17 Diagnostic Error Codes...18 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued)...19 Molecular Weight Error Codes...20 EFV Temperature Error Codes...21 Configuration and Tuning...22 Biases in the Pour Point Program...23 Tuning Parameters...24 Algorithms...25 Algorithms (Continued)...26 Installation Procedure...27 Preparation for Installation...28 CDS and PL Installation...29 Building Pour Point Calculation Point...30 Configuration Graphics Installation...31 Pour Point Calculation Revision 3.0 Contents

308 Configure Calculation Point...32 Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG...33 Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG (Continued)...34 Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG (Continued)...35 Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG (Continued)...36 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry...37 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...38 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...39 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...40 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...41 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...42 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued)...43 Link CL Programs...44 Pour Point Calculation Revision 3.0 Contents

309 Overview Definition. The pour point temperature provides an estimate of the relative amount of wax within the petroleum fraction. A pour point test will not indicate the actual amount of wax content within a fraction, but does indicate that most of the wax above the pour temperature has been removed. The pour point temperature is affected by the hydrocarbons paraffinic content, symmetrical molecular structures, and aromatic content. Application. The pour point of a hydrocarbon fraction is an important specification for distillates and diesel fuels. Calculation. The pour point calculation program calculates the inferential pour point of a hydrocarbon product based on: Process inputs: Characterization inputs: Calculated values: Temperatures, pressures, and flows Watson K and specific gravity Molecular weight, equilibrium flash vaporization temperature, and the TBP 50% point. Incentive. 1. To indicate how closely a hydrocarbon stream is meeting the pour point specification. 2. To eliminate dead time associated with laboratory analysis and on-line analyzers. 3. To provide a real-time input for use in advanced control applications. Pour Point Calculation Revision Overview

310 30 25 Unbiased Pour Point Predictions Calc Pour Lab Pour Samples Figure 1 The lab results in Figure 1 are shown with error bars of + or - 1 degree F. The ASTM D Pour Point, states a reproducibility of + or -5.0 degrees F when the test is performed by the same technician. Pour Point Calculation Revision Overview

311 Acronym List Term Application Module Local Control Network Universal Station control language process variable custom data segment Equilibrium Flash Vaporization pounds per square inch Parameter List CL object code file extension true boiling point Acronym AM LCN US CL PV CDS EFV psi PL AO TBP Pour Point Calculation Revision Acronym List

312 Hardware and Software Requirements Requirement Hardware Platform Special Boards Other Computing Systems LCN Release AM Load Modules US Load Modules Other Packages Other Control Applications Software Inputs Description TDC 3000 AM None None Release 300 or later None None None None Specific gravities and Watson K factors for tower products and the internal liquid, must exist as points on the LCN Pour Point Calculation Revision Hardware and Software Requirements

313 Instrumentation (Process Inputs) Process Input1 Required Recommended Input stream flow rates X Draw temperature X Draw pressure X 1 Required inputs can sometimes be obtained by inference. However, calculations based upon inferred data can be less accurate than calculations based upon direct readings. Pour Point Calculation Revision Instrumentation (Process Inputs)

314 Process Diagram To be determined. Pour Point Calculation Revision Process Diagram

315 Detailed Description The tables in this section describe the following Pour Point program architecture: Point Structure Process Inputs Configuration Inputs Calculation Outputs. Pour Point Calculation Revision Detailed Description

316 Point Structure Point Type PV_Type CTL_Type Custom Data Segment Algorithm Insertion Point Point Structure AM Regulatory, CL CL Any POUR_CDS.CL POUR_PNT.CL PV_ALG Slot 5 Output The calculated inferential Pour point is displayed as the point s PV Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Structure

317 Process Inputs Process Inputs Critical 2 Parameter Description Units Yes No PRESS_PT Tagname of source for draw pressure Any pressure units X TEMP_PT Tagname of source for draw temperature F or C X FLOW_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 flow rate Any flow units X FLOW_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 flow rate Any flow units X GRAV_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(2) Tagname for stream 2 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(3) Tagname for stream 3 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(4) Tagname for stream 4 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(5) Tagname for stream 5 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(6) Tagname for stream 6 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(7) Tagname for stream 7 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(8) Tagname for stream 8 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(9) Tagname for stream 9 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X GRAV_PT(10) Tagname for stream 10 gravity input API or none (S.G.) X WATK_PT(1) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(2) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(3) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X Continued 2 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Pour Point Calculation Revision Process Inputs

318 Process Inputs (Continued). Process Inputs Critical 3 Parameter Description Units Yes No WATK_PT(4) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(5) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(6) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(7) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(8) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(9) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X WATK_PT(10) Tagname for stream 1 Watson K factor None X 3 Critical indicates that a bad input causes the output of the calculation to be set BAD. Pour Point Calculation Revision Process Inputs

319 Configuration Inputs Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units T_BIAS Additive bias to draw temperature Same units as TEMP_PT P_BIAS Additive bias to draw pressure Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(1) Number of configured streams (2.0 < ENGPAR(1) <= 10.0) N/A ENGPAR(2) Local atmospheric pressure (a value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) Same units as PRESS_PT ENGPAR(3) Location of product stream within configured streams None ENGPAR(4) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 1 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(5) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 2 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(6) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 3 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(7) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 4 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(8) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 5 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(9) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 6 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(10) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 7 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(11) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 8 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(12) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 9 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(13) Indicates if the mole weight for stream 10 is entered or None calculated. (0 = Calc, 1 = Entered) ENGPAR(14) Spare - Available for future development N/A ENGPAR(15) Flag to force calculation BAD N/A ( 0 => Do not set BAD; 1 => Set calculation BAD) LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative bias applied to the mole fraction N/A LAB_BIAS(2) Additive laboratory bias to calculated pour point Same units as TEMP_PT(1) B1 Scaler value used to adjust the Coef (A) within the EFV to N/A D86 convertion rountine. B2 Scaler value used to adjust the Coef (B) within the EFV to D86 convertion rountine. N/A Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

320 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units B3 Scaler value used to adjust the Coef (C) within the EFV to N/A D86 convertion rountine. NUMER(1) Numerator indication for stream 1 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(2) Numerator indication for stream 2 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(3) Numerator indication for stream 3 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(4) Numerator indication for stream 4 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(5) Numerator indication for stream 5 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(6) Numerator indication for stream 6 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(7) Numerator indication for stream 7 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(8) Numerator indication for stream 8 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(9) Numerator indication for stream 9 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) NUMER(10) Numerator indication for stream 10 None (0 = Not in Numer, 1 = In Numer) CONV_FAC(1) Conversion factor for stream 1 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(2) Conversion factor for stream 2 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(3) Conversion factor for stream 3 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(4) Conversion factor for stream 4 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(5) Conversion factor for stream 5 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(6) Conversion factor for stream 6 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(7) Conversion factor for stream 7 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(8) Conversion factor for stream 8 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

321 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units CONV_FAC(9) Conversion factor for stream 9 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(10) Conversion factor for stream 10 - (Input units => mass) From input units to Mass CONV_FAC(11) CONV_FAC(12) CONV_FAC(13) Stripper pressure (PRESS_PT) multiplicative conversion factor Input temperature unit flag; ( 0 => F, 1 => C ) Input gravity type flag: ( 0 => API, 1 => Specific gravity ) From input units to psi N/A CONV_FAC(14) Spare - Available for future development N/A CONV_FAC(15) Spare - Available for future development N/A FILTER(1) Filter time for FLOW_PT(1) Minutes FILTER(2) Filter time for FLOW_PT(2) Minutes FILTER(3) Filter time for FLOW_PT(3) Minutes FILTER(4) Filter time for FLOW_PT(4) Minutes FILTER(5) Filter time for FLOW_PT(5) Minutes FILTER(6) Filter time for FLOW_PT(6) Minutes FILTER(7) Filter time for FLOW_PT(7) Minutes FILTER(8) Filter time for FLOW_PT(8) Minutes FILTER(9) Filter time for FLOW_PT(9) Minutes FILTER(10) Filter time for FLOW_PT(10) Minutes FILTER(11) Filter time for input gravities - GRAV_PT Minutes FILTER(12) Filter time for input Watson K factors - WATK_PT Minutes FILTER(13) Filter time for the input temperature - TEMP_PT Minutes FILTER(14) Filter time for the input pressure - PRESS_PT Minutes FILTER(15) Filter time for multiplicative bias - LAB_BIAS(1) Minutes FILTER(16) Filter time for additive laboratory bias - LAB_BIAS(2) Minutes FILTER(17) Filter time for the calculated mole fraction Minutes FILTER(18) Spare - Available for future development Minutes FILTER(19) Spare - Available for future development Minutes FILTER(20) Spare - Available for future development Minutes MOLWT(1) Molecular weight for stream 1 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(2) Molecular weight for stream 2 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(3) Molecular weight for stream 3 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(4) Molecular weight for stream 4 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) N/A Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

322 Configuration Inputs (Continued) Configuration Inputs Parameter Description Units MOLWT(5) Molecular weight for stream 5 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(6) Molecular weight for stream 6 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(7) Molecular weight for stream 7 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(8) Molecular weight for stream 8 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(9) Molecular weight for stream 9 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) MOLWT(10) Molecular weight for stream 10 - ( Calc or Entered ) lb / (lb-mol) Pour Point Calculation Revision Configuration Inputs

323 Calculation Outputs Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units PVCALC Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential pour point Temperature input units CALC_VAL(1) Calculated hydrocarbon product inferential pour point Temperature input units CALC_VAL(2) Calculated moles in the numerator Moles CALC_VAL(3) Calculated moles in the denominator Moles CALC_VAL(4) Calculated mole fraction None CALC_VAL(5) Calculated effective pressure psi CALC_VAL(6) Calculated EFV temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(7) ASTM D86 50% point temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(8) Calculated TBP 50% point temperature Temperature input units CALC_VAL(9) Calculated low pour search limit N/A CALC_VAL(10) Calculated high pour search limit N/A CALC_VAL(11) Calculated pour point limit ratio N/A CALC_VAL(12) Calculated pour point delta value N/A CALC_VAL(13) Calculated moles input from stream 1 Moles CALC_VAL(14) Calculated moles input from stream 2 Moles CALC_VAL(15) Calculated moles input from stream 3 Moles CALC_VAL(16) Calculated moles input from stream 4 Moles CALC_VAL(17) Calculated moles input from stream 5 Moles CALC_VAL(18) Calculated moles input from stream 6 Moles CALC_VAL(19) Calculated moles input from stream 7 Moles CALC_VAL(20) Calculated moles input from stream 8 Moles CALC_VAL(21) Calculated moles input from stream 9 Moles CALC_VAL(22) Calculated moles input from stream 10 Moles CALC_VAL(23) Spare - Available for future development N/A CALC_VAL(24) Spare - Available for future development N/A CALC_VAL(25) Spare - Available for future development N/A STATUS(1) Diagnostic indication of location and possible causes of N/A program error STATUS(2) Diagnostic indication of subroutine error N/A REV_NO Program revision number N/A Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

324 Calculation Outputs (Continued) Calculation Outputs Parameter Description Units FILT_VAL(1) Filtered value of input stream 1 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(2) Filtered value of input stream 2 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(3) Filtered value of input stream 3 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(4) Filtered value of input stream 4 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(5) Filtered value of input stream 5 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(6) Filtered value of input stream 6 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(7) Filtered value of input stream 7 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(8) Filtered value of input stream 8 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(9) Filtered value of input stream 9 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(10) Filtered value of input stream 10 flow rate Input units FILT_VAL(11) Stream 1 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(1) Input units FILT_VAL(12) Stream 2 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(2) Input units FILT_VAL(13) Stream 3 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(3) Input units FILT_VAL(14) Stream 4 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(4) Input units FILT_VAL(15) Stream 5 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(5) Input units FILT_VAL(16) Stream 6 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(6) Input units FILT_VAL(17) Stream 7 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(7) Input units FILT_VAL(18) Stream 8 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(8) Input units FILT_VAL(19) Stream 9 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(9) Input units FILT_VAL(20) Stream 10 filtered gravity input, GRAV_PT(10) Input units FILT_VAL(21) Stream 1 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(1) Input units FILT_VAL(22) Stream 2 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(2) Input units FILT_VAL(23) Stream 3 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(3) Input units FILT_VAL(24) Stream 4 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(4) Input units FILT_VAL(25) Stream 5 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(5) Input units FILT_VAL(26) Stream 6 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(6) Input units FILT_VAL(27) Stream 7 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(7) Input units FILT_VAL(28) Stream 8 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(8) Input units FILT_VAL(29) Stream 9 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(9) Input units FILT_VAL(30) Stream 10 filtered Watson K input, WATK_PT(10) Input units FILT_VAL(31) Filtered value of input temperature, TEMP_PT Input units FILT_VAL(32) Filtered value of input pressure, PRESS_PT Input units FILT_VAL(33) Filtered value of input multiplicative bias, LAB_BAIS(1) N/A FILT_VAL(34) Filtered value of input additive bias, LAB_BAIS(2) N/A FILT_VAL(35) Filtered value of calculated mole fraction None Pour Point Calculation Revision Calculation Outputs

325 Error Codes The tables in this section describe the following program error codes: Diagnostic error codes Molecular weight error codes EFV temperature error codes. Pour Point Calculation Revision Error Codes

326 Diagnostic Error Codes Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(1) 0.0 No errors 1.0 Set calculation BAD flag on [ENGPAR(15)<>0] 2.0 Input number of streams is outside the range 1 to 10 [2 <= ENGPAR(1) <= 10] 3.0 Location of the product stream within the configured stream information is out of range. [2 <= ENGPAR(2) <= 10] 4.0 FLOW_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 5.0 FLOW_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 6.0 FLOW_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 7.0 FLOW_PT(4) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 8.0 FLOW_PT(5) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 9.0 FLOW_PT(6) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 10.0 FLOW_PT(7) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 11.0 FLOW_PT(8) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 12.0 FLOW_PT(9) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 13.0 FLOW_PT(10) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 14.0 GRAV_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 15.0 GRAV_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 16.0 GRAV_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 17.0 GRAV_PT(4) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 18.0 GRAV_PT(5) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 19.0 GRAV_PT(6) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 20.0 GRAV_PT(7) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 21.0 GRAV_PT(8) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 22.0 GRAV_PT(9) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 23.0 GRAV_PT(10) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 24.0 WATK_PT(1) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 25.0 WATK_PT(2) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 26.0 WATK_PT(3) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 27.0 WATK_PT(4) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 28.0 WATK_PT(5) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 29.0 WATK_PT(6) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 30.0 WATK_PT(7) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 31.0 WATK_PT(8) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 32.0 WATK_PT(9) has a null point entered or has a bad PV Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

327 Diagnostic Error Codes (Continued) Diagnostic Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(1) 33.0 WATK_PT(10) has a null point entered or has a bad PV 34.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(1) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 35.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(2) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 36.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(3) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 37.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(4) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 38.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(5) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 39.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(6) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 40.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(7) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 41.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(8) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 42.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(9) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 43.0 Error in user defined MOLWT(10) - ( Badvalue or value <= 0.0 ) 44.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(1) - see STATUS(2) 45.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(2) - see STATUS(2) 46.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(3) - see STATUS(2) 47.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(4) - see STATUS(2) 48.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(5) - see STATUS(2) 49.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(6) - see STATUS(2) 50.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(7) - see STATUS(2) 51.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(8) - see STATUS(2) 52.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(9) - see STATUS(2) 53.0 Error in calculating MOLWT(10) - see STATUS(2) 54.0 TEMP_PT has a null point entered, bad PV, or filter error 55.0 PRESS_PT has a null point entered, bad PV, or filter error 56.0 LAB_BIAS(1) has a bad value or filter error 57.0 LAB_BIAS(2) has a bad value or filter error 58.0 Calculated mole fraction has a bad value or filter error 59.0 Calculated partial pressure has a bad value or filter error 60.0 Calculated EFV temperature has a bad value 61.0 Pour point calculation return an error Pour Point Calculation Revision Diagnostic Error Codes

328 Molecular Weight Error Codes Molecular Weight Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(2) No errors 1.0 Calculated molecular weight has a bad value 2.0 Input specific gravity has a bad value 3.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input specific gravity or Watson K equal to or less than STATUS(2) indicates errors returned by the molecular weight calculation subroutine. Pour Point Calculation Revision Molecular Weight Error Codes

329 EFV Temperature Error Codes EFV Temperature Error Codes Parameter Value Description STATUS(2) No errors 1.0 Calculated EFV temperature has a bad value 2.0 Input temperature has a bad value 3.0 Input effective vapor pressure has a bad value 4.0 Input Watson K has a bad value -1.0 Input temperature, effective vapor pressure, or Watson K has a zero or negative value 5 STATUS(2) indicates errors returned by the EFV temperature calculation subroutine. Pour Point Calculation Revision EFV Temperature Error Codes

330 Configuration and Tuning This section describes the parameters and values used to configure and tune the package to a specific application. Biases Temperature Bias Pressure Bias Laboratory Additive Bias. Tuning Multiplicative Bias Scaler Biases. Pour Point Calculation Revision Configuration and Tuning

331 Biases in the Pour Point Program The Pour Point program is equipped with the following additive biases: Input draw temperature Input draw pressure Laboratory bias for the pour point. Parameter T_BIAS P_BIAS LAB_BIAS(2) Bias Parameters Description Additive bias to input draw temperature TEMP_PT Additive bias to input draw pressure PRESS_PT Additive laboratory bias to calculated pour point Pressure and Temperature Bias. The pressure bias (P_BIAS) and temperature bias (T_BIAS) are added to the input values before performance of the unit conversions and should be entered in the same units as the input pressure and temperatures. The T_BIAS parameter is used when there is a known error in either the draw or product temperature indication. The P_BIAS parameter is used when the actual draw pressure is not available as an input to the calculation. Example. If the column overhead pressure is used for PRESS_PT, then P_BIAS is set equal to the pressure change between the column overhead and the draw location. Additive Laboratory Bias. The pour point program biases the calculated pour point temperature using the parameters LAB_BIAS(2) for additive biasing. Only the additive bias, LAB_BIAS(2), is used dynamically and is expected to be updated manually or with a laboratory results interface package. Both PVCALC and CALC_VAL(1) contain the biased calculated pour point temperatures. The unbiased pour is not reported. For unbiased calculated results set LAB_BIAS(2) = 0.0 Pour Point Calculation Revision Biases in the Pour Point Program

332 Tuning Parameters If there is a sustained offset between the calculated and laboratory pour points even with the use of the biasing, the following parameters can be adjusted. Parameter T_BIAS LAB_BIAS(1) B1 B2 B3 Suggested Adjustment Increasing the temperature additive bias increase the calculated pour point value. Increasing the multiplicative bias decreases the calculated pour point value. (This bias is applied to the calculated mole fraction) Scaler value used to adjust the Coef (A) within the EFV to D86 convertion rountine. Scaler value used to adjust the Coef (B) within the EFV to D86 convertion rountine. Scaler value used to adjust the Coef (C) within the EFV to D86 convertion rountine. Temperature Bias [T_BIAS] If the vapor temperature at the draw tray is not directly measured, then the input temperature may be biased to give the approximate vapor temperature. The vapor temperature is corrected for pressure to determine the EFV temperature. The EFV temperature is then converted to the TBP temperature. Multiplicative Bias [LAB_BAIS(1)] The mole fraction of hydrocarbon vapor which is in equilibrium with the hydrocarbon product is calculated using the internal reflux, all product coming off the column above the draw tray and above (to the column overhead), and inert material. The multiplicative bias is applied to the mole fraction. The mole fraction is used to determine the partial pressure of the hydrocarbon vapor which is used to determine the EFV temperature. The EFV temperature is then converted to the desired TBP temperature. Scaler Biases [B1, B2, and B3] The routine which converts from the calculated EFV temperature to the TBP 50% point temperature has three parameters. These three parameters can be indivigually scaled or tuned to provide a clear representation of the TBP value. The default values are all 1.0 and should remain at this value unless calculation performance requires a change. Note: The EFV to TBP equation is highly sensitive to changes in these parameters. Once altered from their default values re-tuning of the entire calculation is required. Pour Point Calculation Revision Tuning Parameters

333 Algorithms Conversion of Engineering Units. The input process flows can have any units, but the conversion factors must be configured to yield consistent MASS flow units, as shown in Equation 1: flow(i) = FLOW_PT(i).PV * CONV_FAC(i) Where: flow(i) FLOW_PT(i).PV CONV_FAC(i) = Process flow i converted to MASS for internal use = Input process flow i in any units = Conversion for flow i from input units to MASS units Equation 1 The input process pressure can have any units. However, the conversion factor must be configured to yield psi, as shown in Equation 2: press = ( (PRESS_PT.PV +P_BIAS) *CONV_FAC(11) ) + atm_pres Where: press PRESS_PT.PV P_BIAS CONV_FAC(11) atm_pres = Process pressure converted to psia for internal use = Input process pressure in any gauge units = Bias to input pressure in input gauge units = Conversion factor for pressure from input units to psi = Atmospheric pressure in psi and When: ENG_PAR(2) <= 0 then (atm_pres = ) else ( atm_pres = ENG_PAR(2) * CONV_FAC(11) ) Equation 2 Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Algorithms

334 Algorithms (Continued) Pour Point Calculation. The pour point is calculated from process inputs using the Honeywell pour point calculation, as shown in Equation 3: pour_pnt = Function[draw_t, press, prod_char] Where: pour_pnt = Calculated pour point draw_t = Draw temperature press = Draw pressure prod_char = Material characterization (gravity and Watson K) Equation 3 Biasing. One bias factor is provided to reduce the offset between the inferential pour point and a laboratory or on-line analysis-determined pour point. The additive bias is used, as shown in Equation 4: bias_pour = pour_pnt + LAB_BIAS(2) Where: bias_pour pour_pnt LAB_BIAS(2) = Biased pour point = Calculated pour point = Additive laboratory bias Equation 4 Pour Point Calculation Revision Algorithms

335 Installation Procedure This document describes the installation procedure for POUR_PNT on the TDC 3000 System AM. This section covers the following topics: Preparation for Installation CDS and PL Installation Building Pour Point Calculation Point Configuration Graphics Installation. Pour Point Calculation Revision Installation Procedure

336 Preparation for Installation Step Gather media Make media backup Action Gather the following items: Removable media containing the directory POUR Commissioning Worksheet Make a backup copy of media/directory on a US with drives n and m configured as follows: Media: FCOPY $Fn $Fm Directory only: CD $Fm>vol_dir> POUR COPY $Fn>POUR>*.* $Fm>POUR>= -V -D Where $Fn is the drive with the source media and $Fm is the drive with the target media Pour Point Calculation Revision Preparation for Installation

337 CDS and PL Installation This procedure must be done once per LCN installation. Step Set volume pathnames Compile POUR_CDS.CL Parameter list Action From Modify Volume Paths display: CL CUSTOM GDF: NET>CDSG> USER DEFLT PATH: $Fn>POUR From the Command Processor display, compile the CDS file, POUR_CDS: CL $Fn>CDS>POUR_CDS.CL -UL If it is necessary to change the CDS due to a software revision, refer to the Application Module Data Control Language/Application Module Data Entry There is no parameter list for the standard pour calculation package Pour Point Calculation Revision CDS and PL Installation

338 Building Pour Point Calculation Point A calculation point is required for each hydrocarbon pour point calculated. Step Modify Exception Build file, POUR_PNT.EB Load EB file. Verify load Action From the Command Processor display: ED $Fn>EB>POUR_PNT.EB [ENTER] Edit template as follows: &N point name UNIT = unit number PTDESC ="point descriptor text" KEYWORD = "keyword" PERIOD = as required From the Builder Commands display: Select the EXCEPTION BUILD target. Fill in ports as: REFERENCE PATH NAME: $Fn>EB Load Entities (select target) Pathname for SOURCE file: POUR_PNT.EB Pathname for IDF file: POUR_PNT.DB [ENTER] When the load is complete, verify point loading by calling the point detail from the [DETAIL] button Pour Point Calculation Revision Building Pour Point Calculation Point

339 Configuration Graphics Installation Graphics must be compiled and installed once per LCN. Step Go to Picture Editor Load DDB Read POUR_CFG Verify and Compile Copy POUR_CFG.DO to graphics directory Action Enter the Picture Editor, one of two ways: From the Engineering Main Menu select the PICTURE EDITOR target OR From the Command Processor command line type PE [ENTER] Load Global variable definition file, DDB: L $Fn>PICS>DDB [ENTER] Read in the picture file, POUR_CFG R $Fn>FREZ>POUR_CFG [ENTER] Verify picture: VER [ENTER] When the verification is complete compile the picture: COM [ENTER] From the Command Processor display: COPY $Fn>POUR>POUR_CFG.DO NET>pic_dir>= -D [ENTER] Where pic_dir is the picture source directory specified in the Schematic Search Path Pour Point Calculation Revision Configuration Graphics Installation

340 Configure Calculation Point Configuration of the calculation point can be done either through the graphic POUR_CFG or through direct entry to the CDS ports on the Point Detail display. Use of the configuration graphic is recommended. Setup of the calculation point requires the following steps: Graphic or Non Graphic Configuration of Pour Point Calculation Point Linking CL Program. Notes: Configuration errors may occur if associated points are deleted. To correct this problem, the AO files must be unlinked and then relinked to reestablish dynamic indirection. Link errors may occur, when an improper point type is configured in a CDS parameter. This is caused by a missing parameter. A null point containing all required parameters can be used in the configuration for linking purposes only. After the CL is linked, the desired point is then entered into the proper CDS location. Pour Point Calculation Revision Configure Calculation Point

341 Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG Each entry port on the pour configuration graphic, POUR_CFG, is described below: Graphic POUR_CFG Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG

342 Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG (Continued) Selection Port Parameter Action Calculation Point -- Enter the pour calculation point name. Number of Streams ENGPAR(1) Enter the number of tower streams desired. Product Location ENGPAR(3) Enter the array location of the product stream within the listing of unit streams. Gain on EFV Value LAB_BIAS(1) Enter the number to use as the pour multiplicative bias. This bias and should be set to 1.0 if not used, mole fraction correction. Gain Filter (min) FILTER(15) Enter the multiplicative bias filter time in minuets. Additive Calc Bias LAB_BIAS(2) Enter the additive bias value. This value is used to eliminate offset between the calculation and the laboratory results. Additive Filter (min) FILTER(16) Enter the additive bias filter time in minutes. Mole Frac Filter FILTER(17) Enter a filter time to be applied to the calculated mole fraction in minutes. Gravity Units CONV_FAC(13) Select the input gravity units. [API] [SPGR] Gravity Pnt Filter FILTER(11) Enter a filter time which is applied to each gravity input in minutes. Watson K Pnt Filter FILTER(12) Enter a filter time which is applied to each Watson K factor input in minutes. Temperature Units CONV_FAC(12) Select the input temperature units. [DEG F] [DEG C] Temperature Pnt TEMP_PT Enter the name of the draw temperature point. Temperature Bias T_BIAS Enter the number for the material draw temperature bias. Temp Filter FILTER(13) Enter the number for the material draw temperature filter. Pressure Pnt PRESS_PT Enter the name for the draw pressure point. Pressure Bias P_BIAS Enter the number for the material draw pressure bias. Pressure Filter FILTER(14) Enter the number for the material draw pressure filter. Atmospheric Press ENGPAR(2) Enter the atmospheric pressure in input units OR 0.0 for for psi units. The program will handle either entry correctly. Press Conv Factor CONV_FAC(11) Enter the conversion factor to convert input pressure units to psi. Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG

343 Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG (Continued) There can be a maximum of ten stream points configured for the pour calculation. The configuration zone for these flows is located at the bottom of the configuration graphic. The page forward and back keys on the TDC 3000 keyboard step through the setup zones. The stream configuration zones are indexes off of the # of Prod Flows parameter at the top left of the configuration graphic. The graphic displays only the number of product stream configurations indicated by # of Prod Flows, this will be from 1 to 10. Depending on the selected configuration the zone will alter to guide the user to the required input information. If the user would like the calculation to determine the streams molecular weight, then the following change zone is presented. Selection Port Parameter Description Envelope Flow Pnt FLOW_PT(i) Enter the desired stream input point. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(i) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to consistent mass units. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(i) Enter the stream filter in minutes. Molecular Weight [CALC] [USER] ENGPAR(3+i) Select the desired method for determining the stream molecular weight. Strm in Numerator [YES] [NO] NUMER(i) Select whether the configured stream is to be used in the numerator and denominator or within the denominator only. Stream Gravity Pnt GRAV_PT(i) Enter the name of the gravity point which corresponds to the configured stream. Stream Watson K Pnt WATK_PT(i) Enter the name of the Watson K point which corresponds to the configured stream. Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG

344 Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG (Continued) If the user provides the molecular weight for the current stream the configuration zone will alter to provide the new entry port. Selection Port Parameter Description Envelope Flow Pnt FLOW_PT(i) Enter the desired stream input point. Flow Conv Factor CONV_FAC(i) Enter the conversion factor to convert the input units to consistent volume/mass units. Flow Filter (min) FILTER(i) Enter the stream filter in minutes. Molecular Weight [CALC] [USER] Strm in Numerator [YES] [NO] ENGPAR(3+i) NUMER(i) MOLWT(i) Select the desired method for determining the stream molecular weight. Select whether the configured stream is to be used in the numerator and denominator or within the denominator only. Enter the molecular weight for the configured stream. Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration Using Graphic POUR_CFG

345 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry If the configuration graphic is not used, then the configuration data must be entered directly onto the calculation point. The required calculation point information and associated parameter are listed below. Parameter Description Comments PRESS_PT Tagname of source for process Use bias in P_BIAS if the pressure is pressure not located at the draw tray. TEMP_PT FLOW_PT(1) FLOW_PT(2) FLOW_PT(3) FLOW_PT(4) FLOW_PT(5) FLOW_PT(6) FLOW_PT(7) FLOW_PT(8) FLOW_PT(9) FLOW_PT(10) GRAV_PT(1) GRAV_PT(2) GRAV_PT(3) Tagname of source for stripper feed temperature Tagname of source for 1 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 2 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 3 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 4 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 5 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 6 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 7 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 8 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 9 stream flow rate Tagname of source for 10 stream flow rate Tagname of input gravity 1 which corresponds to stream 1 Tagname of input gravity 2 which corresponds to stream 2 Tagname of input gravity 3 which corresponds to stream 3 Use bias in T_BIAS if the temperature is not located on the draw tray. Must have 1 internal liquid stream. Must have 1 internal vapor stream or use the overhead unit streams. Required only if more than 2 product stream exists. Required only if more than 3 product stream exists. Required only if more than 4 product stream exists. Required only if more than 5 product stream exists. Required only if more than 6 product stream exists. Required only if more than 7 product stream exists. Required only if more than 8 product stream exists. Required only if more than 9 product stream exists. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

346 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments GRAV_PT(4) Tagname of input gravity 4 which corresponds to stream 4 If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. GRAV_PT(5) GRAV_PT(6) GRAV_PT(7) GRAV_PT(8) GRAV_PT(9) Tagname of input gravity 5 which corresponds to stream 5 Tagname of input gravity 6 which corresponds to stream 6 Tagname of input gravity 7 which corresponds to stream 7 Tagname of input gravity 8 which corresponds to stream 8 Tagname of input gravity 9 which corresponds to stream 9 GRAV_PT(10) Tagname of input gravity 10 which corresponds to stream 10 WATK_PT(1) Tagname of input Watson K 1 which corresponds to stream 1 WATK_PT(2) Tagname of input Watson K 2 which corresponds to stream 2 If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. If an on-line gravity is not available, bring in an estimate through an AM numeric point. This is gravity at standard conditions. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

347 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments WATK_PT(3) Tagname of input Watson K 3 which corresponds to stream 3 WATK_PT(4) Tagname of input Watson K 4 which corresponds to stream 4 WATK_PT(5) Tagname of input Watson K 5 which corresponds to stream 5 WATK_PT(6) Tagname of input Watson K 6 which corresponds to stream 6 WATK_PT(7) Tagname of input Watson K 7 which corresponds to stream 7 WATK_PT(8) Tagname of input Watson K 8 which corresponds to stream 8 WATK_PT(9) Tagname of input Watson K 9 which corresponds to stream 9 Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

348 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments WATK_PT(10) Tagname of input Watson K 10 which corresponds to stream 10 T_BIAS Additive bias to the draw temperature Build an AM numeric point to hold a manually input value. Or the Watson K can be calculated using the 10;50;90 points and gravity. This requires an AM REG_PV point and the WatK code block. Same units as TEMP_PT. P_BIAS Additive bias to draw pressure Same units as PRESS_PT. ENGPAR(1) Number of input stream flow rates (2.0 < ENGPAR(2) <= 10.0) Number of stream flows must match # of entries reflected in FLOW_PT(1..10). ENGPAR(2) Local atmospheric pressure (a value of will be used internally if a zero is entered) Same units as PRESS_PT. ENGPAR(3) ENGPAR(4) ENGPAR(5) ENGPAR(6) ENGPAR(7) ENGPAR(8) ENGPAR(9) ENGPAR(10) ENGPAR(11) Location of product stream within the configured streams Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 1 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 2 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 3 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 4 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 5 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 6 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 7 is calculated or supplied Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 8 is calculated or supplied The number must be within the configured number of streams. 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

349 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments ENGPAR(12) Indicates if the molecular weight 0 => Calculated for stream 9 is calculated or supplied 1 => User supplied ENGPAR(13) Indicates if the molecular weight for stream 10 is calculated or supplied ENGPAR(15) Flag to set calculation BAD: 0 => Do not set BAD; 1 => Set calculation BAD FILTER(1) Filter time for input stream 1 flow rate. FILTER(2) Filter time for input stream 2 flow rate. FILTER(3) Filter time for input stream 3 flow rate. FILTER(4) Filter time for input stream 4 flow rate. FILTER(5) Filter time for input stream 5 flow rate. FILTER(6) Filter time for input stream 6 flow rate. FILTER(7) Filter time for input stream 7 flow rate. FILTER(8) Filter time for input stream 8 flow rate. FILTER(9) Filter time for input stream 9 flow rate. FILTER(10) Filter time for input stream 10 flow rate. 0 => Calculated 1 => User supplied This input allows the calculation to be set bad by Engineering request. Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes FILTER(11) Filter time for the gravity inputs. Minutes FILTER(12) Filter time for the Watson K Minutes inputs. FILTER(13) Filter time for the input Minutes temperature. FILTER(14) Filter time for the input pressure. Minutes FILTER(15) Filter time for the multiplicative Minutes bias value. FILTER(16) Filter time for the additive bias Minutes value. FILTER(17) Filter time for the calculated mole fraction. Minutes Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

350 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments LAB_BIAS(1) Multiplicative bias applied to the Used to bias proportionally. mole fraction. LAB_BIAS(2) Additive laboratory bias to Same units as TEMP_PT. calculated pour point NUMER(1) Indicates if stream 1 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator NUMER(2) NUMER(3) NUMER(4) NUMER(5) NUMER(6) NUMER(7) NUMER(8) NUMER(9) NUMER(10) CONV_FAC(1) CONV_FAC(2) Indicates if stream 2 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 3 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 4 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 5 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 6 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 7 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 8 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 9 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Indicates if stream 10 is used in the numerator of the mole fraction equation. Stream 1 (FLOW_PT(1)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 2 (FLOW_PT(2)) multiplicative flow conversion factor 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator 0 => Not in Numerator 1 => In Numerator Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Continued Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

351 Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry (Continued) Parameter Description Comments CONV_FAC(3) Stream 3 (FLOW_PT(3)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Convert input units to consistent mass units. CONV_FAC(4) CONV_FAC(5) CONV_FAC(6) CONV_FAC(7) CONV_FAC(8) CONV_FAC(9) CONV_FAC(10) Stream 4 (FLOW_PT(4)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 5 (FLOW_PT(5)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 6 (FLOW_PT(6)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 7 (FLOW_PT(7)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 8 (FLOW_PT(8)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 9 (FLOW_PT(9)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Stream 10 (FLOW_PT(10)) multiplicative flow conversion factor Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Convert input units to consistent mass units. Pour Point Calculation Revision Point Configuration through Direct CDS Entry

352 Link CL Programs Step Link POUR_PNT Activate point Verify Operation Action From the Command Processor Display: LK $Fn>AO>POUR_PNT point_name [ENTER] Call up the point detail and activate the point, or activate from POUR_CFG graphic. Verify that POUR_PNT is running without any CL errors. Pour Point Calculation Revision Link CL Programs

353 Pour Point Calculation Revision Link CL Programs

354

355 Fractionator Toolkit Pressure Compensated Temperature Calculation 4/98 Rev 4.0 Part of AP13-200